freebsd-skq/sys/kern/subr_witness.c

3142 lines
85 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

/*-
* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
*
* Copyright (c) 2008 Isilon Systems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 2008 Ilya Maykov <ivmaykov@gmail.com>
* Copyright (c) 1998 Berkeley Software Design, Inc.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Berkeley Software Design Inc's name may not be used to endorse or
* promote products derived from this software without specific prior
* written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY BERKELEY SOFTWARE DESIGN INC ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL BERKELEY SOFTWARE DESIGN INC BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* from BSDI $Id: mutex_witness.c,v 1.1.2.20 2000/04/27 03:10:27 cp Exp $
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86 platform #ifndef I386_CPU. - Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code, mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code. - Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish, but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is now the same size with and without mutex debugging code. - Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call. - Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
* and BSDI $Id: synch_machdep.c,v 2.3.2.39 2000/04/27 03:10:25 cp Exp $
*/
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
/*
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
* Implementation of the `witness' lock verifier. Originally implemented for
* mutexes in BSD/OS. Extended to handle generic lock objects and lock
* classes in FreeBSD.
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
*/
/*
* Main Entry: witness
* Pronunciation: 'wit-n&s
* Function: noun
* Etymology: Middle English witnesse, from Old English witnes knowledge,
* testimony, witness, from 2wit
* Date: before 12th century
* 1 : attestation of a fact or event : TESTIMONY
* 2 : one that gives evidence; specifically : one who testifies in
* a cause or before a judicial tribunal
* 3 : one asked to be present at a transaction so as to be able to
* testify to its having taken place
* 4 : one who has personal knowledge of something
* 5 a : something serving as evidence or proof : SIGN
* b : public affirmation by word or example of usually
* religious faith or conviction <the heroic witness to divine
* life -- Pilot>
* 6 capitalized : a member of the Jehovah's Witnesses
*/
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
/*
* Special rules concerning Giant and lock orders:
*
* 1) Giant must be acquired before any other mutexes. Stated another way,
* no other mutex may be held when Giant is acquired.
*
* 2) Giant must be released when blocking on a sleepable lock.
*
* This rule is less obvious, but is a result of Giant providing the same
* semantics as spl(). Basically, when a thread sleeps, it must release
* Giant. When a thread blocks on a sleepable lock, it sleeps. Hence rule
* 2).
*
* 3) Giant may be acquired before or after sleepable locks.
*
* This rule is also not quite as obvious. Giant may be acquired after
* a sleepable lock because it is a non-sleepable lock and non-sleepable
* locks may always be acquired while holding a sleepable lock. The second
* case, Giant before a sleepable lock, follows from rule 2) above. Suppose
* you have two threads T1 and T2 and a sleepable lock X. Suppose that T1
* acquires X and blocks on Giant. Then suppose that T2 acquires Giant and
* blocks on X. When T2 blocks on X, T2 will release Giant allowing T1 to
* execute. Thus, acquiring Giant both before and after a sleepable lock
* will not result in a lock order reversal.
*/
2003-06-11 00:56:59 +00:00
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$");
#include "opt_ddb.h"
#include "opt_hwpmc_hooks.h"
#include "opt_stack.h"
#include "opt_witness.h"
#include <sys/param.h>
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86 platform #ifndef I386_CPU. - Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code, mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code. - Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish, but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is now the same size with and without mutex debugging code. - Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call. - Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
#include <sys/bus.h>
#include <sys/kdb.h>
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86 platform #ifndef I386_CPU. - Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code, mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code. - Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish, but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is now the same size with and without mutex debugging code. - Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call. - Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
#include <sys/kernel.h>
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
#include <sys/ktr.h>
#include <sys/lock.h>
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86 platform #ifndef I386_CPU. - Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code, mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code. - Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish, but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is now the same size with and without mutex debugging code. - Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call. - Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
#include <sys/malloc.h>
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
#include <sys/mutex.h>
#include <sys/priv.h>
#include <sys/proc.h>
#include <sys/sbuf.h>
#include <sys/sched.h>
#include <sys/stack.h>
#include <sys/sysctl.h>
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#include <sys/systm.h>
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86 platform #ifndef I386_CPU. - Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code, mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code. - Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish, but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is now the same size with and without mutex debugging code. - Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call. - Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
#ifdef DDB
#include <ddb/ddb.h>
#endif
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
#include <machine/stdarg.h>
#if !defined(DDB) && !defined(STACK)
#error "DDB or STACK options are required for WITNESS"
#endif
/* Note that these traces do not work with KTR_ALQ. */
#if 0
#define KTR_WITNESS KTR_SUBSYS
#else
#define KTR_WITNESS 0
#endif
#define LI_RECURSEMASK 0x0000ffff /* Recursion depth of lock instance. */
#define LI_EXCLUSIVE 0x00010000 /* Exclusive lock instance. */
#define LI_NORELEASE 0x00020000 /* Lock not allowed to be released. */
#define LI_SLEEPABLE 0x00040000 /* Lock may be held while sleeping. */
2014-08-03 05:00:43 +00:00
#ifndef WITNESS_COUNT
#define WITNESS_COUNT 1536
2014-08-03 05:00:43 +00:00
#endif
#define WITNESS_HASH_SIZE 251 /* Prime, gives load factor < 2 */
#define WITNESS_PENDLIST (512 + (MAXCPU * 4))
/* Allocate 256 KB of stack data space */
#define WITNESS_LO_DATA_COUNT 2048
/* Prime, gives load factor of ~2 at full load */
#define WITNESS_LO_HASH_SIZE 1021
/*
* XXX: This is somewhat bogus, as we assume here that at most 2048 threads
* will hold LOCK_NCHILDREN locks. We handle failure ok, and we should
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
* probably be safe for the most part, but it's still a SWAG.
*/
#define LOCK_NCHILDREN 5
#define LOCK_CHILDCOUNT 2048
#define MAX_W_NAME 64
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
#define FULLGRAPH_SBUF_SIZE 512
/*
* These flags go in the witness relationship matrix and describe the
* relationship between any two struct witness objects.
*/
#define WITNESS_UNRELATED 0x00 /* No lock order relation. */
#define WITNESS_PARENT 0x01 /* Parent, aka direct ancestor. */
#define WITNESS_ANCESTOR 0x02 /* Direct or indirect ancestor. */
#define WITNESS_CHILD 0x04 /* Child, aka direct descendant. */
#define WITNESS_DESCENDANT 0x08 /* Direct or indirect descendant. */
#define WITNESS_ANCESTOR_MASK (WITNESS_PARENT | WITNESS_ANCESTOR)
#define WITNESS_DESCENDANT_MASK (WITNESS_CHILD | WITNESS_DESCENDANT)
#define WITNESS_RELATED_MASK \
(WITNESS_ANCESTOR_MASK | WITNESS_DESCENDANT_MASK)
#define WITNESS_REVERSAL 0x10 /* A lock order reversal has been
* observed. */
#define WITNESS_RESERVED1 0x20 /* Unused flag, reserved. */
#define WITNESS_RESERVED2 0x40 /* Unused flag, reserved. */
#define WITNESS_LOCK_ORDER_KNOWN 0x80 /* This lock order is known. */
/* Descendant to ancestor flags */
#define WITNESS_DTOA(x) (((x) & WITNESS_RELATED_MASK) >> 2)
/* Ancestor to descendant flags */
#define WITNESS_ATOD(x) (((x) & WITNESS_RELATED_MASK) << 2)
#define WITNESS_INDEX_ASSERT(i) \
MPASS((i) > 0 && (i) <= w_max_used_index && (i) < witness_count)
static MALLOC_DEFINE(M_WITNESS, "Witness", "Witness");
/*
* Lock instances. A lock instance is the data associated with a lock while
* it is held by witness. For example, a lock instance will hold the
* recursion count of a lock. Lock instances are held in lists. Spin locks
* are held in a per-cpu list while sleep locks are held in per-thread list.
*/
struct lock_instance {
struct lock_object *li_lock;
const char *li_file;
int li_line;
u_int li_flags;
};
/*
* A simple list type used to build the list of locks held by a thread
* or CPU. We can't simply embed the list in struct lock_object since a
* lock may be held by more than one thread if it is a shared lock. Locks
* are added to the head of the list, so we fill up each list entry from
* "the back" logically. To ease some of the arithmetic, we actually fill
* in each list entry the normal way (children[0] then children[1], etc.) but
* when we traverse the list we read children[count-1] as the first entry
* down to children[0] as the final entry.
*/
struct lock_list_entry {
struct lock_list_entry *ll_next;
struct lock_instance ll_children[LOCK_NCHILDREN];
u_int ll_count;
};
/*
* The main witness structure. One of these per named lock type in the system
* (for example, "vnode interlock").
*/
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness {
char w_name[MAX_W_NAME];
uint32_t w_index; /* Index in the relationship matrix */
struct lock_class *w_class;
STAILQ_ENTRY(witness) w_list; /* List of all witnesses. */
STAILQ_ENTRY(witness) w_typelist; /* Witnesses of a type. */
struct witness *w_hash_next; /* Linked list in hash buckets. */
const char *w_file; /* File where last acquired */
uint32_t w_line; /* Line where last acquired */
uint32_t w_refcount;
uint16_t w_num_ancestors; /* direct/indirect
* ancestor count */
uint16_t w_num_descendants; /* direct/indirect
* descendant count */
int16_t w_ddb_level;
unsigned w_displayed:1;
unsigned w_reversed:1;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
};
STAILQ_HEAD(witness_list, witness);
/*
* The witness hash table. Keys are witness names (const char *), elements are
* witness objects (struct witness *).
*/
struct witness_hash {
struct witness *wh_array[WITNESS_HASH_SIZE];
uint32_t wh_size;
uint32_t wh_count;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
};
/*
* Key type for the lock order data hash table.
*/
struct witness_lock_order_key {
uint16_t from;
uint16_t to;
};
struct witness_lock_order_data {
struct stack wlod_stack;
struct witness_lock_order_key wlod_key;
struct witness_lock_order_data *wlod_next;
};
/*
* The witness lock order data hash table. Keys are witness index tuples
* (struct witness_lock_order_key), elements are lock order data objects
* (struct witness_lock_order_data).
*/
struct witness_lock_order_hash {
struct witness_lock_order_data *wloh_array[WITNESS_LO_HASH_SIZE];
u_int wloh_size;
u_int wloh_count;
};
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness_blessed {
const char *b_lock1;
const char *b_lock2;
};
struct witness_pendhelp {
const char *wh_type;
struct lock_object *wh_lock;
};
struct witness_order_list_entry {
const char *w_name;
struct lock_class *w_class;
};
/*
* Returns 0 if one of the locks is a spin lock and the other is not.
* Returns 1 otherwise.
*/
static __inline int
witness_lock_type_equal(struct witness *w1, struct witness *w2)
{
return ((w1->w_class->lc_flags & (LC_SLEEPLOCK | LC_SPINLOCK)) ==
(w2->w_class->lc_flags & (LC_SLEEPLOCK | LC_SPINLOCK)));
}
static __inline int
witness_lock_order_key_equal(const struct witness_lock_order_key *a,
const struct witness_lock_order_key *b)
{
return (a->from == b->from && a->to == b->to);
}
static int _isitmyx(struct witness *w1, struct witness *w2, int rmask,
const char *fname);
static void adopt(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child);
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
static int blessed(struct witness *, struct witness *);
static void depart(struct witness *w);
static struct witness *enroll(const char *description,
struct lock_class *lock_class);
static struct lock_instance *find_instance(struct lock_list_entry *list,
const struct lock_object *lock);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static int isitmychild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child);
static int isitmydescendant(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child);
static void itismychild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child);
static int sysctl_debug_witness_badstacks(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS);
static int sysctl_debug_witness_watch(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS);
static int sysctl_debug_witness_fullgraph(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS);
static int sysctl_debug_witness_channel(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS);
static void witness_add_fullgraph(struct sbuf *sb, struct witness *parent);
#ifdef DDB
static void witness_ddb_compute_levels(void);
static void witness_ddb_display(int(*)(const char *fmt, ...));
static void witness_ddb_display_descendants(int(*)(const char *fmt, ...),
struct witness *, int indent);
static void witness_ddb_display_list(int(*prnt)(const char *fmt, ...),
struct witness_list *list);
static void witness_ddb_level_descendants(struct witness *parent, int l);
static void witness_ddb_list(struct thread *td);
#endif
static void witness_enter_debugger(const char *msg);
static void witness_debugger(int cond, const char *msg);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static void witness_free(struct witness *m);
static struct witness *witness_get(void);
static uint32_t witness_hash_djb2(const uint8_t *key, uint32_t size);
static struct witness *witness_hash_get(const char *key);
static void witness_hash_put(struct witness *w);
static void witness_init_hash_tables(void);
static void witness_increment_graph_generation(void);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static void witness_lock_list_free(struct lock_list_entry *lle);
static struct lock_list_entry *witness_lock_list_get(void);
static int witness_lock_order_add(struct witness *parent,
struct witness *child);
static int witness_lock_order_check(struct witness *parent,
struct witness *child);
static struct witness_lock_order_data *witness_lock_order_get(
struct witness *parent,
struct witness *child);
static void witness_list_lock(struct lock_instance *instance,
int (*prnt)(const char *fmt, ...));
static int witness_output(const char *fmt, ...) __printflike(1, 2);
static int witness_output_drain(void *arg __unused, const char *data,
int len);
static int witness_voutput(const char *fmt, va_list ap) __printflike(1, 0);
static void witness_setflag(struct lock_object *lock, int flag, int set);
FEATURE(witness, "kernel has witness(9) support");
static SYSCTL_NODE(_debug, OID_AUTO, witness, CTLFLAG_RW | CTLFLAG_MPSAFE, NULL,
"Witness Locking");
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
2008-09-24 18:47:24 +00:00
* If set to 0, lock order checking is disabled. If set to -1,
* witness is completely disabled. Otherwise witness performs full
* lock order checking for all locks. At runtime, lock order checking
* may be toggled. However, witness cannot be reenabled once it is
* completely disabled.
*/
static int witness_watch = 1;
SYSCTL_PROC(_debug_witness, OID_AUTO, watch,
CTLFLAG_RWTUN | CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_MPSAFE, NULL, 0,
sysctl_debug_witness_watch, "I",
"witness is watching lock operations");
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
#ifdef KDB
/*
* When KDB is enabled and witness_kdb is 1, it will cause the system
* to drop into kdebug() when:
* - a lock hierarchy violation occurs
* - locks are held when going to sleep.
*/
#ifdef WITNESS_KDB
int witness_kdb = 1;
#else
int witness_kdb = 0;
#endif
SYSCTL_INT(_debug_witness, OID_AUTO, kdb, CTLFLAG_RWTUN, &witness_kdb, 0, "");
#endif /* KDB */
#if defined(DDB) || defined(KDB)
/*
* When DDB or KDB is enabled and witness_trace is 1, it will cause the system
* to print a stack trace:
* - a lock hierarchy violation occurs
* - locks are held when going to sleep.
*/
int witness_trace = 1;
SYSCTL_INT(_debug_witness, OID_AUTO, trace, CTLFLAG_RWTUN, &witness_trace, 0, "");
#endif /* DDB || KDB */
#ifdef WITNESS_SKIPSPIN
int witness_skipspin = 1;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
#else
int witness_skipspin = 0;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
#endif
SYSCTL_INT(_debug_witness, OID_AUTO, skipspin, CTLFLAG_RDTUN, &witness_skipspin, 0, "");
int badstack_sbuf_size;
int witness_count = WITNESS_COUNT;
SYSCTL_INT(_debug_witness, OID_AUTO, witness_count, CTLFLAG_RDTUN,
&witness_count, 0, "");
/*
* Output channel for witness messages. By default we print to the console.
*/
enum witness_channel {
WITNESS_CONSOLE,
WITNESS_LOG,
WITNESS_NONE,
};
static enum witness_channel witness_channel = WITNESS_CONSOLE;
SYSCTL_PROC(_debug_witness, OID_AUTO, output_channel,
CTLTYPE_STRING | CTLFLAG_RWTUN | CTLFLAG_MPSAFE, NULL, 0,
sysctl_debug_witness_channel, "A",
"Output channel for warnings");
/*
* Call this to print out the relations between locks.
*/
SYSCTL_PROC(_debug_witness, OID_AUTO, fullgraph,
CTLTYPE_STRING | CTLFLAG_RD | CTLFLAG_MPSAFE, NULL, 0,
sysctl_debug_witness_fullgraph, "A",
"Show locks relation graphs");
/*
* Call this to print out the witness faulty stacks.
*/
SYSCTL_PROC(_debug_witness, OID_AUTO, badstacks,
CTLTYPE_STRING | CTLFLAG_RD | CTLFLAG_MPSAFE, NULL, 0,
sysctl_debug_witness_badstacks, "A",
"Show bad witness stacks");
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static struct mtx w_mtx;
/* w_list */
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static struct witness_list w_free = STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(w_free);
static struct witness_list w_all = STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(w_all);
/* w_typelist */
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static struct witness_list w_spin = STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(w_spin);
static struct witness_list w_sleep = STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(w_sleep);
/* lock list */
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static struct lock_list_entry *w_lock_list_free = NULL;
static struct witness_pendhelp pending_locks[WITNESS_PENDLIST];
static u_int pending_cnt;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static int w_free_cnt, w_spin_cnt, w_sleep_cnt;
SYSCTL_INT(_debug_witness, OID_AUTO, free_cnt, CTLFLAG_RD, &w_free_cnt, 0, "");
SYSCTL_INT(_debug_witness, OID_AUTO, spin_cnt, CTLFLAG_RD, &w_spin_cnt, 0, "");
SYSCTL_INT(_debug_witness, OID_AUTO, sleep_cnt, CTLFLAG_RD, &w_sleep_cnt, 0,
"");
static struct witness *w_data;
static uint8_t **w_rmatrix;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static struct lock_list_entry w_locklistdata[LOCK_CHILDCOUNT];
static struct witness_hash w_hash; /* The witness hash table. */
/* The lock order data hash */
static struct witness_lock_order_data w_lodata[WITNESS_LO_DATA_COUNT];
static struct witness_lock_order_data *w_lofree = NULL;
static struct witness_lock_order_hash w_lohash;
static int w_max_used_index = 0;
static unsigned int w_generation = 0;
static const char w_notrunning[] = "Witness not running\n";
static const char w_stillcold[] = "Witness is still cold\n";
i386 4/4G split. The change makes the user and kernel address spaces on i386 independent, giving each almost the full 4G of usable virtual addresses except for one PDE at top used for trampoline and per-CPU trampoline stacks, and system structures that must be always mapped, namely IDT, GDT, common TSS and LDT, and process-private TSS and LDT if allocated. By using 1:1 mapping for the kernel text and data, it appeared possible to eliminate assembler part of the locore.S which bootstraps initial page table and KPTmap. The code is rewritten in C and moved into the pmap_cold(). The comment in vmparam.h explains the KVA layout. There is no PCID mechanism available in protected mode, so each kernel/user switch forth and back completely flushes the TLB, except for the trampoline PTD region. The TLB invalidations for userspace becomes trivial, because IPI handlers switch page tables. On the other hand, context switches no longer need to reload %cr3. copyout(9) was rewritten to use vm_fault_quick_hold(). An issue for new copyout(9) is compatibility with wiring user buffers around sysctl handlers. This explains two kind of locks for copyout ptes and accounting of the vslock() calls. The vm_fault_quick_hold() AKA slow path, is only tried after the 'fast path' failed, which temporary changes mapping to the userspace and copies the data to/from small per-cpu buffer in the trampoline. If a page fault occurs during the copy, it is short-circuit by exception.s to not even reach C code. The change was motivated by the need to implement the Meltdown mitigation, but instead of KPTI the full split is done. The i386 architecture already shows the sizing problems, in particular, it is impossible to link clang and lld with debugging. I expect that the issues due to the virtual address space limits would only exaggerate and the split gives more liveness to the platform. Tested by: pho Discussed with: bde Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation MFC after: 1 month Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D14633
2018-04-13 20:30:49 +00:00
#ifdef __i386__
static const char w_notallowed[] = "The sysctl is disabled on the arch\n";
#endif
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static struct witness_order_list_entry order_lists[] = {
/*
* sx locks
*/
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{ "proctree", &lock_class_sx },
{ "allproc", &lock_class_sx },
{ "allprison", &lock_class_sx },
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* Various mutexes
*/
{ "Giant", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "pipe mutex", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "sigio lock", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "process group", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
#ifdef HWPMC_HOOKS
{ "pmc-sleep", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
#endif
{ "process lock", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "session", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "uidinfo hash", &lock_class_rw },
{ "time lock", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* umtx
*/
{ "umtx lock", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* Sockets
*/
{ "accept", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "so_snd", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "so_rcv", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "sellck", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* Routing
*/
{ "so_rcv", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "radix node head", &lock_class_rm },
{ "ifaddr", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
Bite the bullet, and make the IPv6 SSM and MLDv2 mega-commit: import from p4 bms_netdev. Summary of changes: * Connect netinet6/in6_mcast.c to build. The legacy KAME KPIs are mostly preserved. * Eliminate now dead code from ip6_output.c. Don't do mbuf bingo, we are not going to do RFC 2292 style CMSG tricks for multicast options as they are not required by any current IPv6 normative reference. * Refactor transports (UDP, raw_ip6) to do own mcast filtering. SCTP, TCP unaffected by this change. * Add ip6_msource, in6_msource structs to in6_var.h. * Hookup mld_ifinfo state to in6_ifextra, allocate from domifattach path. * Eliminate IN6_LOOKUP_MULTI(), it is no longer referenced. Kernel consumers which need this should use in6m_lookup(). * Refactor IPv6 socket group memberships to use a vector (like IPv4). * Update ifmcstat(8) for IPv6 SSM. * Add witness lock order for IN6_MULTI_LOCK. * Move IN6_MULTI_LOCK out of lower ip6_output()/ip6_input() paths. * Introduce IP6STAT_ADD/SUB/INC/DEC as per rwatson's IPv4 cleanup. * Update carp(4) for new IPv6 SSM KPIs. * Virtualize ip6_mrouter socket. Changes mostly localized to IPv6 MROUTING. * Don't do a local group lookup in MROUTING. * Kill unused KAME prototypes in6_purgemkludge(), in6_restoremkludge(). * Preserve KAME DAD timer jitter behaviour in MLDv1 compatibility mode. * Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800084. * Update UPDATING. NOTE WELL: * This code hasn't been tested against real MLDv2 queriers (yet), although the on-wire protocol has been verified in Wireshark. * There are a few unresolved issues in the socket layer APIs to do with scope ID propagation. * There is a LOR present in ip6_output()'s use of in6_setscope() which needs to be resolved. See comments in mld6.c. This is believed to be benign and can't be avoided for the moment without re-introducing an indirect netisr. This work was mostly derived from the IGMPv3 implementation, and has been sponsored by a third party.
2009-04-29 19:19:13 +00:00
* IPv4 multicast:
* protocol locks before interface locks, after UDP locks.
*/
{ "in_multi_sx", &lock_class_sx },
{ "udpinp", &lock_class_rw },
{ "in_multi_list_mtx", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "igmp_mtx", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "ifnet_rw", &lock_class_rw },
ifnet: Replace if_addr_lock rwlock with epoch + mutex Run on LLNW canaries and tested by pho@ gallatin: Using a 14-core, 28-HTT single socket E5-2697 v3 with a 40GbE MLX5 based ConnectX 4-LX NIC, I see an almost 12% improvement in received packet rate, and a larger improvement in bytes delivered all the way to userspace. When the host receiving 64 streams of netperf -H $DUT -t UDP_STREAM -- -m 1, I see, using nstat -I mce0 1 before the patch: InMpps OMpps InGbs OGbs err TCP Est %CPU syscalls csw irq GBfree 4.98 0.00 4.42 0.00 4235592 33 83.80 4720653 2149771 1235 247.32 4.73 0.00 4.20 0.00 4025260 33 82.99 4724900 2139833 1204 247.32 4.72 0.00 4.20 0.00 4035252 33 82.14 4719162 2132023 1264 247.32 4.71 0.00 4.21 0.00 4073206 33 83.68 4744973 2123317 1347 247.32 4.72 0.00 4.21 0.00 4061118 33 80.82 4713615 2188091 1490 247.32 4.72 0.00 4.21 0.00 4051675 33 85.29 4727399 2109011 1205 247.32 4.73 0.00 4.21 0.00 4039056 33 84.65 4724735 2102603 1053 247.32 After the patch InMpps OMpps InGbs OGbs err TCP Est %CPU syscalls csw irq GBfree 5.43 0.00 4.20 0.00 3313143 33 84.96 5434214 1900162 2656 245.51 5.43 0.00 4.20 0.00 3308527 33 85.24 5439695 1809382 2521 245.51 5.42 0.00 4.19 0.00 3316778 33 87.54 5416028 1805835 2256 245.51 5.42 0.00 4.19 0.00 3317673 33 90.44 5426044 1763056 2332 245.51 5.42 0.00 4.19 0.00 3314839 33 88.11 5435732 1792218 2499 245.52 5.44 0.00 4.19 0.00 3293228 33 91.84 5426301 1668597 2121 245.52 Similarly, netperf reports 230Mb/s before the patch, and 270Mb/s after the patch Reviewed by: gallatin Sponsored by: Limelight Networks Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D15366
2018-05-18 20:13:34 +00:00
{ "if_addr_lock", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
Bite the bullet, and make the IPv6 SSM and MLDv2 mega-commit: import from p4 bms_netdev. Summary of changes: * Connect netinet6/in6_mcast.c to build. The legacy KAME KPIs are mostly preserved. * Eliminate now dead code from ip6_output.c. Don't do mbuf bingo, we are not going to do RFC 2292 style CMSG tricks for multicast options as they are not required by any current IPv6 normative reference. * Refactor transports (UDP, raw_ip6) to do own mcast filtering. SCTP, TCP unaffected by this change. * Add ip6_msource, in6_msource structs to in6_var.h. * Hookup mld_ifinfo state to in6_ifextra, allocate from domifattach path. * Eliminate IN6_LOOKUP_MULTI(), it is no longer referenced. Kernel consumers which need this should use in6m_lookup(). * Refactor IPv6 socket group memberships to use a vector (like IPv4). * Update ifmcstat(8) for IPv6 SSM. * Add witness lock order for IN6_MULTI_LOCK. * Move IN6_MULTI_LOCK out of lower ip6_output()/ip6_input() paths. * Introduce IP6STAT_ADD/SUB/INC/DEC as per rwatson's IPv4 cleanup. * Update carp(4) for new IPv6 SSM KPIs. * Virtualize ip6_mrouter socket. Changes mostly localized to IPv6 MROUTING. * Don't do a local group lookup in MROUTING. * Kill unused KAME prototypes in6_purgemkludge(), in6_restoremkludge(). * Preserve KAME DAD timer jitter behaviour in MLDv1 compatibility mode. * Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800084. * Update UPDATING. NOTE WELL: * This code hasn't been tested against real MLDv2 queriers (yet), although the on-wire protocol has been verified in Wireshark. * There are a few unresolved issues in the socket layer APIs to do with scope ID propagation. * There is a LOR present in ip6_output()'s use of in6_setscope() which needs to be resolved. See comments in mld6.c. This is believed to be benign and can't be avoided for the moment without re-introducing an indirect netisr. This work was mostly derived from the IGMPv3 implementation, and has been sponsored by a third party.
2009-04-29 19:19:13 +00:00
/*
* IPv6 multicast:
* protocol locks before interface locks, after UDP locks.
*/
{ "in6_multi_sx", &lock_class_sx },
Bite the bullet, and make the IPv6 SSM and MLDv2 mega-commit: import from p4 bms_netdev. Summary of changes: * Connect netinet6/in6_mcast.c to build. The legacy KAME KPIs are mostly preserved. * Eliminate now dead code from ip6_output.c. Don't do mbuf bingo, we are not going to do RFC 2292 style CMSG tricks for multicast options as they are not required by any current IPv6 normative reference. * Refactor transports (UDP, raw_ip6) to do own mcast filtering. SCTP, TCP unaffected by this change. * Add ip6_msource, in6_msource structs to in6_var.h. * Hookup mld_ifinfo state to in6_ifextra, allocate from domifattach path. * Eliminate IN6_LOOKUP_MULTI(), it is no longer referenced. Kernel consumers which need this should use in6m_lookup(). * Refactor IPv6 socket group memberships to use a vector (like IPv4). * Update ifmcstat(8) for IPv6 SSM. * Add witness lock order for IN6_MULTI_LOCK. * Move IN6_MULTI_LOCK out of lower ip6_output()/ip6_input() paths. * Introduce IP6STAT_ADD/SUB/INC/DEC as per rwatson's IPv4 cleanup. * Update carp(4) for new IPv6 SSM KPIs. * Virtualize ip6_mrouter socket. Changes mostly localized to IPv6 MROUTING. * Don't do a local group lookup in MROUTING. * Kill unused KAME prototypes in6_purgemkludge(), in6_restoremkludge(). * Preserve KAME DAD timer jitter behaviour in MLDv1 compatibility mode. * Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800084. * Update UPDATING. NOTE WELL: * This code hasn't been tested against real MLDv2 queriers (yet), although the on-wire protocol has been verified in Wireshark. * There are a few unresolved issues in the socket layer APIs to do with scope ID propagation. * There is a LOR present in ip6_output()'s use of in6_setscope() which needs to be resolved. See comments in mld6.c. This is believed to be benign and can't be avoided for the moment without re-introducing an indirect netisr. This work was mostly derived from the IGMPv3 implementation, and has been sponsored by a third party.
2009-04-29 19:19:13 +00:00
{ "udpinp", &lock_class_rw },
{ "in6_multi_list_mtx", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
Bite the bullet, and make the IPv6 SSM and MLDv2 mega-commit: import from p4 bms_netdev. Summary of changes: * Connect netinet6/in6_mcast.c to build. The legacy KAME KPIs are mostly preserved. * Eliminate now dead code from ip6_output.c. Don't do mbuf bingo, we are not going to do RFC 2292 style CMSG tricks for multicast options as they are not required by any current IPv6 normative reference. * Refactor transports (UDP, raw_ip6) to do own mcast filtering. SCTP, TCP unaffected by this change. * Add ip6_msource, in6_msource structs to in6_var.h. * Hookup mld_ifinfo state to in6_ifextra, allocate from domifattach path. * Eliminate IN6_LOOKUP_MULTI(), it is no longer referenced. Kernel consumers which need this should use in6m_lookup(). * Refactor IPv6 socket group memberships to use a vector (like IPv4). * Update ifmcstat(8) for IPv6 SSM. * Add witness lock order for IN6_MULTI_LOCK. * Move IN6_MULTI_LOCK out of lower ip6_output()/ip6_input() paths. * Introduce IP6STAT_ADD/SUB/INC/DEC as per rwatson's IPv4 cleanup. * Update carp(4) for new IPv6 SSM KPIs. * Virtualize ip6_mrouter socket. Changes mostly localized to IPv6 MROUTING. * Don't do a local group lookup in MROUTING. * Kill unused KAME prototypes in6_purgemkludge(), in6_restoremkludge(). * Preserve KAME DAD timer jitter behaviour in MLDv1 compatibility mode. * Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800084. * Update UPDATING. NOTE WELL: * This code hasn't been tested against real MLDv2 queriers (yet), although the on-wire protocol has been verified in Wireshark. * There are a few unresolved issues in the socket layer APIs to do with scope ID propagation. * There is a LOR present in ip6_output()'s use of in6_setscope() which needs to be resolved. See comments in mld6.c. This is believed to be benign and can't be avoided for the moment without re-introducing an indirect netisr. This work was mostly derived from the IGMPv3 implementation, and has been sponsored by a third party.
2009-04-29 19:19:13 +00:00
{ "mld_mtx", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "ifnet_rw", &lock_class_rw },
ifnet: Replace if_addr_lock rwlock with epoch + mutex Run on LLNW canaries and tested by pho@ gallatin: Using a 14-core, 28-HTT single socket E5-2697 v3 with a 40GbE MLX5 based ConnectX 4-LX NIC, I see an almost 12% improvement in received packet rate, and a larger improvement in bytes delivered all the way to userspace. When the host receiving 64 streams of netperf -H $DUT -t UDP_STREAM -- -m 1, I see, using nstat -I mce0 1 before the patch: InMpps OMpps InGbs OGbs err TCP Est %CPU syscalls csw irq GBfree 4.98 0.00 4.42 0.00 4235592 33 83.80 4720653 2149771 1235 247.32 4.73 0.00 4.20 0.00 4025260 33 82.99 4724900 2139833 1204 247.32 4.72 0.00 4.20 0.00 4035252 33 82.14 4719162 2132023 1264 247.32 4.71 0.00 4.21 0.00 4073206 33 83.68 4744973 2123317 1347 247.32 4.72 0.00 4.21 0.00 4061118 33 80.82 4713615 2188091 1490 247.32 4.72 0.00 4.21 0.00 4051675 33 85.29 4727399 2109011 1205 247.32 4.73 0.00 4.21 0.00 4039056 33 84.65 4724735 2102603 1053 247.32 After the patch InMpps OMpps InGbs OGbs err TCP Est %CPU syscalls csw irq GBfree 5.43 0.00 4.20 0.00 3313143 33 84.96 5434214 1900162 2656 245.51 5.43 0.00 4.20 0.00 3308527 33 85.24 5439695 1809382 2521 245.51 5.42 0.00 4.19 0.00 3316778 33 87.54 5416028 1805835 2256 245.51 5.42 0.00 4.19 0.00 3317673 33 90.44 5426044 1763056 2332 245.51 5.42 0.00 4.19 0.00 3314839 33 88.11 5435732 1792218 2499 245.52 5.44 0.00 4.19 0.00 3293228 33 91.84 5426301 1668597 2121 245.52 Similarly, netperf reports 230Mb/s before the patch, and 270Mb/s after the patch Reviewed by: gallatin Sponsored by: Limelight Networks Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D15366
2018-05-18 20:13:34 +00:00
{ "if_addr_lock", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
Bite the bullet, and make the IPv6 SSM and MLDv2 mega-commit: import from p4 bms_netdev. Summary of changes: * Connect netinet6/in6_mcast.c to build. The legacy KAME KPIs are mostly preserved. * Eliminate now dead code from ip6_output.c. Don't do mbuf bingo, we are not going to do RFC 2292 style CMSG tricks for multicast options as they are not required by any current IPv6 normative reference. * Refactor transports (UDP, raw_ip6) to do own mcast filtering. SCTP, TCP unaffected by this change. * Add ip6_msource, in6_msource structs to in6_var.h. * Hookup mld_ifinfo state to in6_ifextra, allocate from domifattach path. * Eliminate IN6_LOOKUP_MULTI(), it is no longer referenced. Kernel consumers which need this should use in6m_lookup(). * Refactor IPv6 socket group memberships to use a vector (like IPv4). * Update ifmcstat(8) for IPv6 SSM. * Add witness lock order for IN6_MULTI_LOCK. * Move IN6_MULTI_LOCK out of lower ip6_output()/ip6_input() paths. * Introduce IP6STAT_ADD/SUB/INC/DEC as per rwatson's IPv4 cleanup. * Update carp(4) for new IPv6 SSM KPIs. * Virtualize ip6_mrouter socket. Changes mostly localized to IPv6 MROUTING. * Don't do a local group lookup in MROUTING. * Kill unused KAME prototypes in6_purgemkludge(), in6_restoremkludge(). * Preserve KAME DAD timer jitter behaviour in MLDv1 compatibility mode. * Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800084. * Update UPDATING. NOTE WELL: * This code hasn't been tested against real MLDv2 queriers (yet), although the on-wire protocol has been verified in Wireshark. * There are a few unresolved issues in the socket layer APIs to do with scope ID propagation. * There is a LOR present in ip6_output()'s use of in6_setscope() which needs to be resolved. See comments in mld6.c. This is believed to be benign and can't be avoided for the moment without re-introducing an indirect netisr. This work was mostly derived from the IGMPv3 implementation, and has been sponsored by a third party.
2009-04-29 19:19:13 +00:00
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* UNIX Domain Sockets
*/
{ "unp_link_rwlock", &lock_class_rw },
{ "unp_list_lock", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "unp", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "so_snd", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* UDP/IP
*/
{ "udp", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "udpinp", &lock_class_rw },
{ "so_snd", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* TCP/IP
*/
{ "tcp", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "tcpinp", &lock_class_rw },
{ "so_snd", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* BPF
*/
{ "bpf global lock", &lock_class_sx },
{ "bpf cdev lock", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* NFS server
*/
{ "nfsd_mtx", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "so_snd", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
Update 802.11 wireless support: o major overhaul of the way channels are handled: channels are now fully enumerated and uniquely identify the operating characteristics; these changes are visible to user applications which require changes o make scanning support independent of the state machine to enable background scanning and roaming o move scanning support into loadable modules based on the operating mode to enable different policies and reduce the memory footprint on systems w/ constrained resources o add background scanning in station mode (no support for adhoc/ibss mode yet) o significantly speedup sta mode scanning with a variety of techniques o add roaming support when background scanning is supported; for now we use a simple algorithm to trigger a roam: we threshold the rssi and tx rate, if either drops too low we try to roam to a new ap o add tx fragmentation support o add first cut at 802.11n support: this code works with forthcoming drivers but is incomplete; it's included now to establish a baseline for other drivers to be developed and for user applications o adjust max_linkhdr et. al. to reflect 802.11 requirements; this eliminates prepending mbufs for traffic generated locally o add support for Atheros protocol extensions; mainly the fast frames encapsulation (note this can be used with any card that can tx+rx large frames correctly) o add sta support for ap's that beacon both WPA1+2 support o change all data types from bsd-style to posix-style o propagate noise floor data from drivers to net80211 and on to user apps o correct various issues in the sta mode state machine related to handling authentication and association failures o enable the addition of sta mode power save support for drivers that need net80211 support (not in this commit) o remove old WI compatibility ioctls (wicontrol is officially dead) o change the data structures returned for get sta info and get scan results so future additions will not break user apps o fixed tx rate is now maintained internally as an ieee rate and not an index into the rate set; this needs to be extended to deal with multi-mode operation o add extended channel specifications to radiotap to enable 11n sniffing Drivers: o ath: add support for bg scanning, tx fragmentation, fast frames, dynamic turbo (lightly tested), 11n (sniffing only and needs new hal) o awi: compile tested only o ndis: lightly tested o ipw: lightly tested o iwi: add support for bg scanning (well tested but may have some rough edges) o ral, ural, rum: add suppoort for bg scanning, calibrate rssi data o wi: lightly tested This work is based on contributions by Atheros, kmacy, sephe, thompsa, mlaier, kevlo, and others. Much of the scanning work was supported by Atheros. The 11n work was supported by Marvell.
2007-06-11 03:36:55 +00:00
/*
* IEEE 802.11
*/
{ "802.11 com lock", &lock_class_mtx_sleep},
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* Network drivers
*/
{ "network driver", &lock_class_mtx_sleep},
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* Netgraph
*/
{ "ng_node", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "ng_worklist", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* CDEV
*/
{ "vm map (system)", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "vnode interlock", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "cdev", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "devthrd", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* VM
*/
{ "vm map (user)", &lock_class_sx },
{ "vm object", &lock_class_rw },
{ "vm page", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "pmap pv global", &lock_class_rw },
{ "pmap", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "pmap pv list", &lock_class_rw },
{ "vm page free queue", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "vm pagequeue", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* kqueue/VFS interaction
*/
{ "kqueue", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "struct mount mtx", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "vnode interlock", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* VFS namecache
*/
{ "ncvn", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "ncbuc", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "vnode interlock", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "ncneg", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
2009-05-20 02:51:48 +00:00
/*
* ZFS locking
*/
{ "dn->dn_mtx", &lock_class_sx },
{ "dr->dt.di.dr_mtx", &lock_class_sx },
{ "db->db_mtx", &lock_class_sx },
{ NULL, NULL },
Add the "TCP Blackbox Recorder" which we discussed at the developer summits at BSDCan and BSDCam in 2017. The TCP Blackbox Recorder allows you to capture events on a TCP connection in a ring buffer. It stores metadata with the event. It optionally stores the TCP header associated with an event (if the event is associated with a packet) and also optionally stores information on the sockets. It supports setting a log ID on a TCP connection and using this to correlate multiple connections that share a common log ID. You can log connections in different modes. If you are doing a coordinated test with a particular connection, you may tell the system to put it in mode 4 (continuous dump). Or, if you just want to monitor for errors, you can put it in mode 1 (ring buffer) and dump all the ring buffers associated with the connection ID when we receive an error signal for that connection ID. You can set a default mode that will be applied to a particular ratio of incoming connections. You can also manually set a mode using a socket option. This commit includes only basic probes. rrs@ has added quite an abundance of probes in his TCP development work. He plans to commit those soon. There are user-space programs which we plan to commit as ports. These read the data from the log device and output pcapng files, and then let you analyze the data (and metadata) in the pcapng files. Reviewed by: gnn (previous version) Obtained from: Netflix, Inc. Relnotes: yes Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D11085
2018-03-22 09:40:08 +00:00
/*
* TCP log locks
*/
{ "TCP ID tree", &lock_class_rw },
{ "tcp log id bucket", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "tcpinp", &lock_class_rw },
{ "TCP log expireq", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* spin locks
*/
#ifdef SMP
{ "ap boot", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
#endif
{ "rm.mutex_mtx", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
#ifdef __i386__
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{ "cy", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
#endif
{ "scc_hwmtx", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "uart_hwmtx", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "fast_taskqueue", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "intr table", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "process slock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
Less-quick fix for locking fixes in r172250. r172250 added a second syscons spinlock for the output routine alone. It is better to extend the coverage of the first syscons spinlock added in r162285. 2 locks might work with complicated juggling, but no juggling was done. What the 2 locks actually did was to cover some of the missing locking in each other and deadlock less often against each other than a single lock with larger coverage would against itself. Races are preferable to deadlocks here, but 2 locks are still worse since they are harder to understand and fix. Prefer deadlocks to races and merge the second lock into the first one. Extend the scope of the spinlocking to all of sc_cnputc() instead of just the sc_puts() part. This further prefers deadlocks to races. Extend the kdb_active hack from sc_puts() internals for the second lock to all spinlocking. This reduces deadlocks much more than the other changes increases them. The s/p,10* test in ddb gets much further now. Hide this detail in the SC_VIDEO_LOCK() macro. Add namespace pollution in 1 nested #include and reduce namespace pollution in other nested #includes to pay for this. Move the first lock higher in the witness order. The second lock was unnaturally low and the first lock was unnaturally high. The second lock had to be above "sleepq chain" and/or "callout" to avoid spurious LORs for visual bells in sc_puts(). Other console driver locks are already even higher (but not adjacent like they should be) except when they are missing from the table. Audio bells also benefit from the syscons lock being high so that audio mutexes have chance of being lower. Otherwise, console drviver locks should be as low as possible. Non-spurious LORs now occur if the bell code calls printf() or is interrupted (perhaps by an NMI) and the interrupt handler calls printf(). Previous commits turned off many bells in console i/o but missed ones done by the teken layer.
2016-08-25 13:46:52 +00:00
{ "syscons video lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "sleepq chain", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "rm_spinlock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
Add an implementation of turnstiles and change the sleep mutex code to use turnstiles to implement blocking isntead of implementing a thread queue directly. These turnstiles are somewhat similar to those used in Solaris 7 as described in Solaris Internals but are also different. Turnstiles do not come out of a fixed-sized pool. Rather, each thread is assigned a turnstile when it is created that it frees when it is destroyed. When a thread blocks on a lock, it donates its turnstile to that lock to serve as queue of blocked threads. The queue associated with a given lock is found by a lookup in a simple hash table. The turnstile itself is protected by a lock associated with its entry in the hash table. This means that sched_lock is no longer needed to contest on a mutex. Instead, sched_lock is only used when manipulating run queues or thread priorities. Turnstiles also implement priority propagation inherently. Currently turnstiles only support mutexes. Eventually, however, turnstiles may grow two queue's to support a non-sleepable reader/writer lock implementation. For more details, see the comments in sys/turnstile.h and kern/subr_turnstile.c. The two primary advantages from the turnstile code include: 1) the size of struct mutex shrinks by four pointers as it no longer stores the thread queue linkages directly, and 2) less contention on sched_lock in SMP systems including the ability for multiple CPUs to contend on different locks simultaneously (not that this last detail is necessarily that much of a big win). Note that 1) means that this commit is a kernel ABI breaker, so don't mix old modules with a new kernel and vice versa. Tested on: i386 SMP, sparc64 SMP, alpha SMP
2003-11-11 22:07:29 +00:00
{ "turnstile chain", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "turnstile lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "sched lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
Add an implementation of turnstiles and change the sleep mutex code to use turnstiles to implement blocking isntead of implementing a thread queue directly. These turnstiles are somewhat similar to those used in Solaris 7 as described in Solaris Internals but are also different. Turnstiles do not come out of a fixed-sized pool. Rather, each thread is assigned a turnstile when it is created that it frees when it is destroyed. When a thread blocks on a lock, it donates its turnstile to that lock to serve as queue of blocked threads. The queue associated with a given lock is found by a lookup in a simple hash table. The turnstile itself is protected by a lock associated with its entry in the hash table. This means that sched_lock is no longer needed to contest on a mutex. Instead, sched_lock is only used when manipulating run queues or thread priorities. Turnstiles also implement priority propagation inherently. Currently turnstiles only support mutexes. Eventually, however, turnstiles may grow two queue's to support a non-sleepable reader/writer lock implementation. For more details, see the comments in sys/turnstile.h and kern/subr_turnstile.c. The two primary advantages from the turnstile code include: 1) the size of struct mutex shrinks by four pointers as it no longer stores the thread queue linkages directly, and 2) less contention on sched_lock in SMP systems including the ability for multiple CPUs to contend on different locks simultaneously (not that this last detail is necessarily that much of a big win). Note that 1) means that this commit is a kernel ABI breaker, so don't mix old modules with a new kernel and vice versa. Tested on: i386 SMP, sparc64 SMP, alpha SMP
2003-11-11 22:07:29 +00:00
{ "td_contested", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{ "callout", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "entropy harvest mutex", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
#ifdef SMP
{ "smp rendezvous", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
#endif
#ifdef __powerpc__
{ "tlb0", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
#endif
{ NULL, NULL },
{ "sched lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
#ifdef HWPMC_HOOKS
{ "pmc-per-proc", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
#endif
{ NULL, NULL },
/*
* leaf locks
*/
{ "intrcnt", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "icu", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
#ifdef __i386__
{ "allpmaps", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "descriptor tables", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
#endif
{ "clk", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "cpuset", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "mprof lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "zombie lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
2002-09-22 07:11:57 +00:00
{ "ALD Queue", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__amd64__)
{ "pcicfg", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
When you call MiniportInitialize() for an 802.11 driver, it will at some point result in a status event being triggered (it should be a link down event: the Microsoft driver design guide says you should generate one when the NIC is initialized). Some drivers generate the event during MiniportInitialize(), such that by the time MiniportInitialize() completes, the NIC is ready to go. But some drivers, in particular the ones for Atheros wireless NICs, don't generate the event until after a device interrupt occurs at some point after MiniportInitialize() has completed. The gotcha is that you have to wait until the link status event occurs one way or the other before you try to fiddle with any settings (ssid, channel, etc...). For the drivers that set the event sycnhronously this isn't a problem, but for the others we have to pause after calling ndis_init_nic() and wait for the event to arrive before continuing. Failing to wait can cause big trouble: on my SMP system, calling ndis_setstate_80211() after ndis_init_nic() completes, but _before_ the link event arrives, will lock up or reset the system. What we do now is check to see if a link event arrived while ndis_init_nic() was running, and if it didn't we msleep() until it does. Along the way, I discovered a few other problems: - Defered procedure calls run at PASSIVE_LEVEL, not DISPATCH_LEVEL. ntoskrnl_run_dpc() has been fixed accordingly. (I read the documentation wrong.) - Similarly, the NDIS interrupt handler, which is essentially a DPC, also doesn't need to run at DISPATCH_LEVEL. ndis_intrtask() has been fixed accordingly. - MiniportQueryInformation() and MiniportSetInformation() run at DISPATCH_LEVEL, and each request must complete before another can be submitted. ndis_get_info() and ndis_set_info() have been fixed accordingly. - Turned the sleep lock that guards the NDIS thread job list into a spin lock. We never do anything with this lock held except manage the job list (no other locks are held), so it's safe to do this, and it's possible that ndis_sched() and ndis_unsched() can be called from DISPATCH_LEVEL, so using a sleep lock here is semantically incorrect. Also updated subr_witness.c to add the lock to the order list.
2005-03-07 03:05:31 +00:00
{ "NDIS thread lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
#endif
{ "tw_osl_io_lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "tw_osl_q_lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "tw_cl_io_lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "tw_cl_intr_lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "tw_cl_gen_lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
#ifdef HWPMC_HOOKS
{ "pmc-leaf", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
#endif
{ "blocked lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{ NULL, NULL },
{ NULL, NULL }
};
/*
* Pairs of locks which have been blessed. Witness does not complain about
* order problems with blessed lock pairs. Please do not add an entry to the
* table without an explanatory comment.
*/
static struct witness_blessed blessed_list[] = {
/*
* See the comment in ufs_dirhash.c. Basically, a vnode lock serializes
* both lock orders, so a deadlock cannot happen as a result of this
* LOR.
*/
{ "dirhash", "bufwait" },
/*
* A UFS vnode may be locked in vget() while a buffer belonging to the
* parent directory vnode is locked.
*/
{ "ufs", "bufwait" },
};
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* This global is set to 0 once it becomes safe to use the witness code.
*/
static int witness_cold = 1;
/*
* This global is set to 1 once the static lock orders have been enrolled
* so that a warning can be issued for any spin locks enrolled later.
*/
static int witness_spin_warn = 0;
/* Trim useless garbage from filenames. */
static const char *
fixup_filename(const char *file)
{
if (file == NULL)
return (NULL);
while (strncmp(file, "../", 3) == 0)
file += 3;
return (file);
}
/*
* Calculate the size of early witness structures.
*/
int
witness_startup_count(void)
{
int sz;
sz = sizeof(struct witness) * witness_count;
sz += sizeof(*w_rmatrix) * (witness_count + 1);
sz += sizeof(*w_rmatrix[0]) * (witness_count + 1) *
(witness_count + 1);
return (sz);
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* The WITNESS-enabled diagnostic code. Note that the witness code does
* assume that the early boot is single-threaded at least until after this
* routine is completed.
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
*/
void
witness_startup(void *mem)
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct lock_object *lock;
struct witness_order_list_entry *order;
struct witness *w, *w1;
uintptr_t p;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
int i;
p = (uintptr_t)mem;
w_data = (void *)p;
p += sizeof(struct witness) * witness_count;
w_rmatrix = (void *)p;
p += sizeof(*w_rmatrix) * (witness_count + 1);
for (i = 0; i < witness_count + 1; i++) {
w_rmatrix[i] = (void *)p;
p += sizeof(*w_rmatrix[i]) * (witness_count + 1);
}
badstack_sbuf_size = witness_count * 256;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* We have to release Giant before initializing its witness
* structure so that WITNESS doesn't get confused.
*/
mtx_unlock(&Giant);
mtx_assert(&Giant, MA_NOTOWNED);
CTR1(KTR_WITNESS, "%s: initializing witness", __func__);
mtx_init(&w_mtx, "witness lock", NULL, MTX_SPIN | MTX_QUIET |
MTX_NOWITNESS | MTX_NOPROFILE);
for (i = witness_count - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
w = &w_data[i];
memset(w, 0, sizeof(*w));
w_data[i].w_index = i; /* Witness index never changes. */
witness_free(w);
}
KASSERT(STAILQ_FIRST(&w_free)->w_index == 0,
("%s: Invalid list of free witness objects", __func__));
/* Witness with index 0 is not used to aid in debugging. */
STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(&w_free, w_list);
w_free_cnt--;
for (i = 0; i < witness_count; i++) {
memset(w_rmatrix[i], 0, sizeof(*w_rmatrix[i]) *
(witness_count + 1));
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < LOCK_CHILDCOUNT; i++)
witness_lock_list_free(&w_locklistdata[i]);
witness_init_hash_tables();
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/* First add in all the specified order lists. */
for (order = order_lists; order->w_name != NULL; order++) {
w = enroll(order->w_name, order->w_class);
if (w == NULL)
continue;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
w->w_file = "order list";
for (order++; order->w_name != NULL; order++) {
w1 = enroll(order->w_name, order->w_class);
if (w1 == NULL)
continue;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
w1->w_file = "order list";
itismychild(w, w1);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
w = w1;
}
}
witness_spin_warn = 1;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/* Iterate through all locks and add them to witness. */
for (i = 0; pending_locks[i].wh_lock != NULL; i++) {
lock = pending_locks[i].wh_lock;
KASSERT(lock->lo_flags & LO_WITNESS,
("%s: lock %s is on pending list but not LO_WITNESS",
__func__, lock->lo_name));
lock->lo_witness = enroll(pending_locks[i].wh_type,
LOCK_CLASS(lock));
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
}
/* Mark the witness code as being ready for use. */
witness_cold = 0;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_lock(&Giant);
}
void
witness_init(struct lock_object *lock, const char *type)
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{
struct lock_class *class;
/* Various sanity checks. */
class = LOCK_CLASS(lock);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_RECURSABLE) != 0 &&
(class->lc_flags & LC_RECURSABLE) == 0)
kassert_panic("%s: lock (%s) %s can not be recursable",
__func__, class->lc_name, lock->lo_name);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_SLEEPABLE) != 0 &&
(class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPABLE) == 0)
kassert_panic("%s: lock (%s) %s can not be sleepable",
__func__, class->lc_name, lock->lo_name);
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_UPGRADABLE) != 0 &&
(class->lc_flags & LC_UPGRADABLE) == 0)
kassert_panic("%s: lock (%s) %s can not be upgradable",
__func__, class->lc_name, lock->lo_name);
/*
* If we shouldn't watch this lock, then just clear lo_witness.
* Otherwise, if witness_cold is set, then it is too early to
* enroll this lock, so defer it to witness_initialize() by adding
* it to the pending_locks list. If it is not too early, then enroll
* the lock now.
*/
if (witness_watch < 1 || KERNEL_PANICKED() ||
(lock->lo_flags & LO_WITNESS) == 0)
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
lock->lo_witness = NULL;
else if (witness_cold) {
pending_locks[pending_cnt].wh_lock = lock;
pending_locks[pending_cnt++].wh_type = type;
if (pending_cnt > WITNESS_PENDLIST)
panic("%s: pending locks list is too small, "
"increase WITNESS_PENDLIST\n",
__func__);
} else
lock->lo_witness = enroll(type, class);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
}
void
witness_destroy(struct lock_object *lock)
{
struct lock_class *class;
struct witness *w;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
class = LOCK_CLASS(lock);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (witness_cold)
panic("lock (%s) %s destroyed while witness_cold",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/* XXX: need to verify that no one holds the lock */
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_WITNESS) == 0 || lock->lo_witness == NULL)
return;
w = lock->lo_witness;
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
MPASS(w->w_refcount > 0);
w->w_refcount--;
if (w->w_refcount == 0)
depart(w);
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
}
#ifdef DDB
static void
witness_ddb_compute_levels(void)
{
struct witness *w;
/*
* First clear all levels.
*/
STAILQ_FOREACH(w, &w_all, w_list)
w->w_ddb_level = -1;
/*
* Look for locks with no parents and level all their descendants.
*/
STAILQ_FOREACH(w, &w_all, w_list) {
/* If the witness has ancestors (is not a root), skip it. */
if (w->w_num_ancestors > 0)
continue;
witness_ddb_level_descendants(w, 0);
}
}
static void
witness_ddb_level_descendants(struct witness *w, int l)
{
int i;
if (w->w_ddb_level >= l)
return;
w->w_ddb_level = l;
l++;
for (i = 1; i <= w_max_used_index; i++) {
if (w_rmatrix[w->w_index][i] & WITNESS_PARENT)
witness_ddb_level_descendants(&w_data[i], l);
}
}
static void
witness_ddb_display_descendants(int(*prnt)(const char *fmt, ...),
struct witness *w, int indent)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
prnt(" ");
prnt("%s (type: %s, depth: %d, active refs: %d)",
w->w_name, w->w_class->lc_name,
w->w_ddb_level, w->w_refcount);
if (w->w_displayed) {
prnt(" -- (already displayed)\n");
return;
}
w->w_displayed = 1;
if (w->w_file != NULL && w->w_line != 0)
prnt(" -- last acquired @ %s:%d\n", fixup_filename(w->w_file),
w->w_line);
else
prnt(" -- never acquired\n");
indent++;
WITNESS_INDEX_ASSERT(w->w_index);
for (i = 1; i <= w_max_used_index; i++) {
if (db_pager_quit)
return;
if (w_rmatrix[w->w_index][i] & WITNESS_PARENT)
witness_ddb_display_descendants(prnt, &w_data[i],
indent);
}
}
static void
witness_ddb_display_list(int(*prnt)(const char *fmt, ...),
struct witness_list *list)
{
struct witness *w;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
STAILQ_FOREACH(w, list, w_typelist) {
if (w->w_file == NULL || w->w_ddb_level > 0)
continue;
/* This lock has no anscestors - display its descendants. */
witness_ddb_display_descendants(prnt, w, 0);
if (db_pager_quit)
return;
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
}
static void
witness_ddb_display(int(*prnt)(const char *fmt, ...))
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{
struct witness *w;
KASSERT(witness_cold == 0, ("%s: witness_cold", __func__));
witness_ddb_compute_levels();
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/* Clear all the displayed flags. */
STAILQ_FOREACH(w, &w_all, w_list)
w->w_displayed = 0;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* First, handle sleep locks which have been acquired at least
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
* once.
*/
prnt("Sleep locks:\n");
witness_ddb_display_list(prnt, &w_sleep);
if (db_pager_quit)
return;
/*
* Now do spin locks which have been acquired at least once.
*/
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
prnt("\nSpin locks:\n");
witness_ddb_display_list(prnt, &w_spin);
if (db_pager_quit)
return;
/*
* Finally, any locks which have not been acquired yet.
*/
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
prnt("\nLocks which were never acquired:\n");
STAILQ_FOREACH(w, &w_all, w_list) {
if (w->w_file != NULL || w->w_refcount == 0)
continue;
prnt("%s (type: %s, depth: %d)\n", w->w_name,
w->w_class->lc_name, w->w_ddb_level);
if (db_pager_quit)
return;
}
}
#endif /* DDB */
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
int
witness_defineorder(struct lock_object *lock1, struct lock_object *lock2)
{
if (witness_watch == -1 || KERNEL_PANICKED())
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
return (0);
/* Require locks that witness knows about. */
if (lock1 == NULL || lock1->lo_witness == NULL || lock2 == NULL ||
lock2->lo_witness == NULL)
return (EINVAL);
mtx_assert(&w_mtx, MA_NOTOWNED);
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
/*
* If we already have either an explicit or implied lock order that
* is the other way around, then return an error.
*/
if (witness_watch &&
isitmydescendant(lock2->lo_witness, lock1->lo_witness)) {
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
return (EDOOFUS);
}
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
/* Try to add the new order. */
CTR3(KTR_WITNESS, "%s: adding %s as a child of %s", __func__,
lock2->lo_witness->w_name, lock1->lo_witness->w_name);
itismychild(lock1->lo_witness, lock2->lo_witness);
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
return (0);
}
void
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
witness_checkorder(struct lock_object *lock, int flags, const char *file,
int line, struct lock_object *interlock)
{
struct lock_list_entry *lock_list, *lle;
struct lock_instance *lock1, *lock2, *plock;
struct lock_class *class, *iclass;
struct witness *w, *w1;
struct thread *td;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
int i, j;
if (witness_cold || witness_watch < 1 || lock->lo_witness == NULL ||
KERNEL_PANICKED())
return;
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
w = lock->lo_witness;
class = LOCK_CLASS(lock);
td = curthread;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK) {
/*
* Since spin locks include a critical section, this check
* implicitly enforces a lock order of all sleep locks before
* all spin locks.
*/
if (td->td_critnest != 0 && !kdb_active)
kassert_panic("acquiring blockable sleep lock with "
"spinlock or critical section held (%s) %s @ %s:%d",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
/*
* If this is the first lock acquired then just return as
* no order checking is needed.
*/
lock_list = td->td_sleeplocks;
if (lock_list == NULL || lock_list->ll_count == 0)
return;
} else {
/*
* If this is the first lock, just return as no order
* checking is needed. Avoid problems with thread
* migration pinning the thread while checking if
* spinlocks are held. If at least one spinlock is held
* the thread is in a safe path and it is allowed to
* unpin it.
*/
sched_pin();
lock_list = PCPU_GET(spinlocks);
if (lock_list == NULL || lock_list->ll_count == 0) {
sched_unpin();
return;
}
sched_unpin();
}
/*
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
* Check to see if we are recursing on a lock we already own. If
* so, make sure that we don't mismatch exclusive and shared lock
* acquires.
*/
lock1 = find_instance(lock_list, lock);
if (lock1 != NULL) {
if ((lock1->li_flags & LI_EXCLUSIVE) != 0 &&
(flags & LOP_EXCLUSIVE) == 0) {
witness_output("shared lock of (%s) %s @ %s:%d\n",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
witness_output("while exclusively locked from %s:%d\n",
fixup_filename(lock1->li_file), lock1->li_line);
kassert_panic("excl->share");
}
if ((lock1->li_flags & LI_EXCLUSIVE) == 0 &&
(flags & LOP_EXCLUSIVE) != 0) {
witness_output("exclusive lock of (%s) %s @ %s:%d\n",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
witness_output("while share locked from %s:%d\n",
fixup_filename(lock1->li_file), lock1->li_line);
kassert_panic("share->excl");
}
return;
}
/* Warn if the interlock is not locked exactly once. */
if (interlock != NULL) {
iclass = LOCK_CLASS(interlock);
lock1 = find_instance(lock_list, interlock);
if (lock1 == NULL)
2013-09-04 11:52:28 +00:00
kassert_panic("interlock (%s) %s not locked @ %s:%d",
iclass->lc_name, interlock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
else if ((lock1->li_flags & LI_RECURSEMASK) != 0)
2013-09-04 11:52:28 +00:00
kassert_panic("interlock (%s) %s recursed @ %s:%d",
iclass->lc_name, interlock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
}
/*
* Find the previously acquired lock, but ignore interlocks.
*/
plock = &lock_list->ll_children[lock_list->ll_count - 1];
if (interlock != NULL && plock->li_lock == interlock) {
if (lock_list->ll_count > 1)
plock =
&lock_list->ll_children[lock_list->ll_count - 2];
else {
lle = lock_list->ll_next;
/*
* The interlock is the only lock we hold, so
* simply return.
*/
if (lle == NULL)
return;
plock = &lle->ll_children[lle->ll_count - 1];
}
}
/*
* Try to perform most checks without a lock. If this succeeds we
* can skip acquiring the lock and return success. Otherwise we redo
* the check with the lock held to handle races with concurrent updates.
*/
w1 = plock->li_lock->lo_witness;
if (witness_lock_order_check(w1, w))
return;
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
if (witness_lock_order_check(w1, w)) {
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
return;
}
witness_lock_order_add(w1, w);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* Check for duplicate locks of the same type. Note that we only
* have to check for this on the last lock we just acquired. Any
* other cases will be caught as lock order violations.
*/
if (w1 == w) {
i = w->w_index;
if (!(lock->lo_flags & LO_DUPOK) && !(flags & LOP_DUPOK) &&
!(w_rmatrix[i][i] & WITNESS_REVERSAL)) {
w_rmatrix[i][i] |= WITNESS_REVERSAL;
w->w_reversed = 1;
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
witness_output(
"acquiring duplicate lock of same type: \"%s\"\n",
w->w_name);
witness_output(" 1st %s @ %s:%d\n", plock->li_lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(plock->li_file), plock->li_line);
witness_output(" 2nd %s @ %s:%d\n", lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
witness_debugger(1, __func__);
} else
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
return;
}
mtx_assert(&w_mtx, MA_OWNED);
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
/*
* If we know that the lock we are acquiring comes after
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
* the lock we most recently acquired in the lock order tree,
* then there is no need for any further checks.
*/
if (isitmychild(w1, w))
goto out;
for (j = 0, lle = lock_list; lle != NULL; lle = lle->ll_next) {
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
for (i = lle->ll_count - 1; i >= 0; i--, j++) {
struct stack pstack;
bool pstackv, trace;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
MPASS(j < LOCK_CHILDCOUNT * LOCK_NCHILDREN);
lock1 = &lle->ll_children[i];
/*
* Ignore the interlock.
*/
if (interlock == lock1->li_lock)
continue;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* If this lock doesn't undergo witness checking,
* then skip it.
*/
w1 = lock1->li_lock->lo_witness;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (w1 == NULL) {
KASSERT((lock1->li_lock->lo_flags & LO_WITNESS) == 0,
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
("lock missing witness structure"));
continue;
}
/*
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
* If we are locking Giant and this is a sleepable
* lock, then skip it.
*/
if ((lock1->li_flags & LI_SLEEPABLE) != 0 &&
lock == &Giant.lock_object)
continue;
/*
* If we are locking a sleepable lock and this lock
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
* is Giant, then skip it.
*/
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_SLEEPABLE) != 0 &&
(flags & LOP_NOSLEEP) == 0 &&
lock1->li_lock == &Giant.lock_object)
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
continue;
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
/*
* If we are locking a sleepable lock and this lock
* isn't sleepable, we want to treat it as a lock
* order violation to enfore a general lock order of
* sleepable locks before non-sleepable locks.
*/
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_SLEEPABLE) != 0 &&
(flags & LOP_NOSLEEP) == 0 &&
(lock1->li_flags & LI_SLEEPABLE) == 0)
goto reversal;
/*
* If we are locking Giant and this is a non-sleepable
* lock, then treat it as a reversal.
*/
if ((lock1->li_flags & LI_SLEEPABLE) == 0 &&
lock == &Giant.lock_object)
goto reversal;
/*
* Check the lock order hierarchy for a reveresal.
*/
if (!isitmydescendant(w, w1))
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
continue;
reversal:
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* We have a lock order violation, check to see if it
* is allowed or has already been yelled about.
*/
/* Bail if this violation is known */
if (w_rmatrix[w1->w_index][w->w_index] & WITNESS_REVERSAL)
goto out;
/* Record this as a violation */
w_rmatrix[w1->w_index][w->w_index] |= WITNESS_REVERSAL;
w_rmatrix[w->w_index][w1->w_index] |= WITNESS_REVERSAL;
w->w_reversed = w1->w_reversed = 1;
witness_increment_graph_generation();
/*
* If the lock order is blessed, bail before logging
* anything. We don't look for other lock order
* violations though, which may be a bug.
*/
if (blessed(w, w1))
goto out;
trace = atomic_load_int(&witness_trace);
if (trace) {
struct witness_lock_order_data *data;
pstackv = false;
data = witness_lock_order_get(w, w1);
if (data != NULL) {
stack_copy(&data->wlod_stack,
&pstack);
pstackv = true;
}
}
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
#ifdef WITNESS_NO_VNODE
/*
* There are known LORs between VNODE locks. They are
* not an indication of a bug. VNODE locks are flagged
* as such (LO_IS_VNODE) and we don't yell if the LOR
* is between 2 VNODE locks.
*/
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_IS_VNODE) != 0 &&
(lock1->li_lock->lo_flags & LO_IS_VNODE) != 0)
return;
#endif
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* Ok, yell about it.
*/
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_SLEEPABLE) != 0 &&
(flags & LOP_NOSLEEP) == 0 &&
(lock1->li_flags & LI_SLEEPABLE) == 0)
witness_output(
"lock order reversal: (sleepable after non-sleepable)\n");
else if ((lock1->li_flags & LI_SLEEPABLE) == 0
&& lock == &Giant.lock_object)
witness_output(
"lock order reversal: (Giant after non-sleepable)\n");
else
witness_output("lock order reversal:\n");
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* Try to locate an earlier lock with
* witness w in our list.
*/
do {
lock2 = &lle->ll_children[i];
MPASS(lock2->li_lock != NULL);
if (lock2->li_lock->lo_witness == w)
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
break;
if (i == 0 && lle->ll_next != NULL) {
lle = lle->ll_next;
i = lle->ll_count - 1;
MPASS(i >= 0 && i < LOCK_NCHILDREN);
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
} else
i--;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
} while (i >= 0);
if (i < 0) {
witness_output(" 1st %p %s (%s, %s) @ %s:%d\n",
lock1->li_lock, lock1->li_lock->lo_name,
w1->w_name, w1->w_class->lc_name,
fixup_filename(lock1->li_file),
lock1->li_line);
witness_output(" 2nd %p %s (%s, %s) @ %s:%d\n",
lock, lock->lo_name, w->w_name,
w->w_class->lc_name, fixup_filename(file),
line);
} else {
struct witness *w2 = lock2->li_lock->lo_witness;
witness_output(" 1st %p %s (%s, %s) @ %s:%d\n",
lock2->li_lock, lock2->li_lock->lo_name,
w2->w_name, w2->w_class->lc_name,
fixup_filename(lock2->li_file),
lock2->li_line);
witness_output(" 2nd %p %s (%s, %s) @ %s:%d\n",
lock1->li_lock, lock1->li_lock->lo_name,
w1->w_name, w1->w_class->lc_name,
fixup_filename(lock1->li_file),
lock1->li_line);
witness_output(" 3rd %p %s (%s, %s) @ %s:%d\n", lock,
lock->lo_name, w->w_name,
w->w_class->lc_name, fixup_filename(file),
line);
}
if (trace) {
char buf[64];
struct sbuf sb;
sbuf_new(&sb, buf, sizeof(buf), SBUF_FIXEDLEN);
sbuf_set_drain(&sb, witness_output_drain,
NULL);
if (pstackv) {
sbuf_printf(&sb,
"lock order %s -> %s established at:\n",
w->w_name, w1->w_name);
stack_sbuf_print_flags(&sb, &pstack,
M_NOWAIT, STACK_SBUF_FMT_LONG);
}
sbuf_printf(&sb,
"lock order %s -> %s attempted at:\n",
w1->w_name, w->w_name);
stack_save(&pstack);
stack_sbuf_print_flags(&sb, &pstack, M_NOWAIT,
STACK_SBUF_FMT_LONG);
sbuf_finish(&sb);
sbuf_delete(&sb);
}
witness_enter_debugger(__func__);
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
return;
}
}
/*
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
* If requested, build a new lock order. However, don't build a new
* relationship between a sleepable lock and Giant if it is in the
* wrong direction. The correct lock order is that sleepable locks
* always come before Giant.
*/
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
if (flags & LOP_NEWORDER &&
!(plock->li_lock == &Giant.lock_object &&
(lock->lo_flags & LO_SLEEPABLE) != 0 &&
(flags & LOP_NOSLEEP) == 0)) {
CTR3(KTR_WITNESS, "%s: adding %s as a child of %s", __func__,
w->w_name, plock->li_lock->lo_witness->w_name);
itismychild(plock->li_lock->lo_witness, w);
}
out:
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
}
void
witness_lock(struct lock_object *lock, int flags, const char *file, int line)
{
struct lock_list_entry **lock_list, *lle;
struct lock_instance *instance;
struct witness *w;
struct thread *td;
if (witness_cold || witness_watch == -1 || lock->lo_witness == NULL ||
KERNEL_PANICKED())
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
return;
w = lock->lo_witness;
td = curthread;
/* Determine lock list for this lock. */
if (LOCK_CLASS(lock)->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK)
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
lock_list = &td->td_sleeplocks;
else
lock_list = PCPU_PTR(spinlocks);
/* Check to see if we are recursing on a lock we already own. */
instance = find_instance(*lock_list, lock);
if (instance != NULL) {
instance->li_flags++;
CTR4(KTR_WITNESS, "%s: pid %d recursed on %s r=%d", __func__,
td->td_proc->p_pid, lock->lo_name,
instance->li_flags & LI_RECURSEMASK);
instance->li_file = file;
instance->li_line = line;
return;
}
/* Update per-witness last file and line acquire. */
w->w_file = file;
w->w_line = line;
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
/* Find the next open lock instance in the list and fill it. */
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
lle = *lock_list;
if (lle == NULL || lle->ll_count == LOCK_NCHILDREN) {
lle = witness_lock_list_get();
if (lle == NULL)
return;
lle->ll_next = *lock_list;
CTR3(KTR_WITNESS, "%s: pid %d added lle %p", __func__,
2001-10-08 21:05:46 +00:00
td->td_proc->p_pid, lle);
*lock_list = lle;
}
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
instance = &lle->ll_children[lle->ll_count++];
instance->li_lock = lock;
instance->li_line = line;
instance->li_file = file;
instance->li_flags = 0;
if ((flags & LOP_EXCLUSIVE) != 0)
instance->li_flags |= LI_EXCLUSIVE;
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_SLEEPABLE) != 0 && (flags & LOP_NOSLEEP) == 0)
instance->li_flags |= LI_SLEEPABLE;
CTR4(KTR_WITNESS, "%s: pid %d added %s as lle[%d]", __func__,
2001-10-08 21:05:46 +00:00
td->td_proc->p_pid, lock->lo_name, lle->ll_count - 1);
}
void
witness_upgrade(struct lock_object *lock, int flags, const char *file, int line)
{
struct lock_instance *instance;
struct lock_class *class;
KASSERT(witness_cold == 0, ("%s: witness_cold", __func__));
if (lock->lo_witness == NULL || witness_watch == -1 || KERNEL_PANICKED())
return;
class = LOCK_CLASS(lock);
if (witness_watch) {
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_UPGRADABLE) == 0)
kassert_panic(
"upgrade of non-upgradable lock (%s) %s @ %s:%d",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
if ((class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK) == 0)
kassert_panic(
"upgrade of non-sleep lock (%s) %s @ %s:%d",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
}
instance = find_instance(curthread->td_sleeplocks, lock);
if (instance == NULL) {
kassert_panic("upgrade of unlocked lock (%s) %s @ %s:%d",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
return;
}
if (witness_watch) {
if ((instance->li_flags & LI_EXCLUSIVE) != 0)
kassert_panic(
"upgrade of exclusive lock (%s) %s @ %s:%d",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
if ((instance->li_flags & LI_RECURSEMASK) != 0)
kassert_panic(
"upgrade of recursed lock (%s) %s r=%d @ %s:%d",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
instance->li_flags & LI_RECURSEMASK,
fixup_filename(file), line);
}
instance->li_flags |= LI_EXCLUSIVE;
}
void
witness_downgrade(struct lock_object *lock, int flags, const char *file,
int line)
{
struct lock_instance *instance;
struct lock_class *class;
KASSERT(witness_cold == 0, ("%s: witness_cold", __func__));
if (lock->lo_witness == NULL || witness_watch == -1 || KERNEL_PANICKED())
return;
class = LOCK_CLASS(lock);
if (witness_watch) {
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_UPGRADABLE) == 0)
kassert_panic(
"downgrade of non-upgradable lock (%s) %s @ %s:%d",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
if ((class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK) == 0)
kassert_panic(
"downgrade of non-sleep lock (%s) %s @ %s:%d",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
}
instance = find_instance(curthread->td_sleeplocks, lock);
if (instance == NULL) {
kassert_panic("downgrade of unlocked lock (%s) %s @ %s:%d",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
return;
}
if (witness_watch) {
if ((instance->li_flags & LI_EXCLUSIVE) == 0)
kassert_panic(
"downgrade of shared lock (%s) %s @ %s:%d",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
if ((instance->li_flags & LI_RECURSEMASK) != 0)
kassert_panic(
"downgrade of recursed lock (%s) %s r=%d @ %s:%d",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
instance->li_flags & LI_RECURSEMASK,
fixup_filename(file), line);
}
instance->li_flags &= ~LI_EXCLUSIVE;
}
void
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
witness_unlock(struct lock_object *lock, int flags, const char *file, int line)
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct lock_list_entry **lock_list, *lle;
struct lock_instance *instance;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct lock_class *class;
struct thread *td;
register_t s;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
int i, j;
if (witness_cold || lock->lo_witness == NULL || KERNEL_PANICKED())
return;
td = curthread;
class = LOCK_CLASS(lock);
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
/* Find lock instance associated with this lock. */
if (class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK)
lock_list = &td->td_sleeplocks;
else
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
lock_list = PCPU_PTR(spinlocks);
lle = *lock_list;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
for (; *lock_list != NULL; lock_list = &(*lock_list)->ll_next)
for (i = 0; i < (*lock_list)->ll_count; i++) {
instance = &(*lock_list)->ll_children[i];
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
if (instance->li_lock == lock)
goto found;
}
/*
* When disabling WITNESS through witness_watch we could end up in
* having registered locks in the td_sleeplocks queue.
* We have to make sure we flush these queues, so just search for
* eventual register locks and remove them.
*/
if (witness_watch > 0) {
kassert_panic("lock (%s) %s not locked @ %s:%d", class->lc_name,
lock->lo_name, fixup_filename(file), line);
return;
} else {
return;
}
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
found:
/* First, check for shared/exclusive mismatches. */
if ((instance->li_flags & LI_EXCLUSIVE) != 0 && witness_watch > 0 &&
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
(flags & LOP_EXCLUSIVE) == 0) {
witness_output("shared unlock of (%s) %s @ %s:%d\n",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name, fixup_filename(file), line);
witness_output("while exclusively locked from %s:%d\n",
fixup_filename(instance->li_file), instance->li_line);
kassert_panic("excl->ushare");
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
}
if ((instance->li_flags & LI_EXCLUSIVE) == 0 && witness_watch > 0 &&
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
(flags & LOP_EXCLUSIVE) != 0) {
witness_output("exclusive unlock of (%s) %s @ %s:%d\n",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name, fixup_filename(file), line);
witness_output("while share locked from %s:%d\n",
fixup_filename(instance->li_file),
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
instance->li_line);
kassert_panic("share->uexcl");
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
}
/* If we are recursed, unrecurse. */
if ((instance->li_flags & LI_RECURSEMASK) > 0) {
CTR4(KTR_WITNESS, "%s: pid %d unrecursed on %s r=%d", __func__,
td->td_proc->p_pid, instance->li_lock->lo_name,
instance->li_flags);
instance->li_flags--;
return;
}
/* The lock is now being dropped, check for NORELEASE flag */
if ((instance->li_flags & LI_NORELEASE) != 0 && witness_watch > 0) {
witness_output("forbidden unlock of (%s) %s @ %s:%d\n",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name, fixup_filename(file), line);
kassert_panic("lock marked norelease");
}
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
/* Otherwise, remove this item from the list. */
s = intr_disable();
CTR4(KTR_WITNESS, "%s: pid %d removed %s from lle[%d]", __func__,
td->td_proc->p_pid, instance->li_lock->lo_name,
(*lock_list)->ll_count - 1);
for (j = i; j < (*lock_list)->ll_count - 1; j++)
(*lock_list)->ll_children[j] =
(*lock_list)->ll_children[j + 1];
(*lock_list)->ll_count--;
intr_restore(s);
/*
* In order to reduce contention on w_mtx, we want to keep always an
* head object into lists so that frequent allocation from the
* free witness pool (and subsequent locking) is avoided.
* In order to maintain the current code simple, when the head
* object is totally unloaded it means also that we do not have
* further objects in the list, so the list ownership needs to be
* hand over to another object if the current head needs to be freed.
*/
if ((*lock_list)->ll_count == 0) {
if (*lock_list == lle) {
if (lle->ll_next == NULL)
return;
} else
lle = *lock_list;
Rework witness_lock() to make it slightly more useful and flexible. - witness_lock() is split into two pieces: witness_checkorder() and witness_lock(). Witness_checkorder() determines if acquiring a specified lock at the time it is called would result in a lock order. It optionally adds a new lock order relationship as well. witness_lock() updates witness's data structures to assume that a lock has been acquired by stick a new lock instance in the appropriate lock instance list. - The mutex and sx lock functions now call checkorder() prior to trying to acquire a lock and continue to call witness_lock() after the acquire is completed. This will let witness catch a deadlock before it happens rather than trying to do so after the threads have deadlocked (i.e. never actually report it). - A new function witness_defineorder() has been added that adds a lock order between two locks at runtime without having to acquire the locks. If the lock order cannot be added it will return an error. This function is available to programmers via the WITNESS_DEFINEORDER() macro which accepts either two mutexes or two sx locks as its arguments. - A few simple wrapper macros were added to allow developers to call witness_checkorder() anywhere as a way of enforcing locking assertions in code that might acquire a certain lock in some situations. The macros are: witness_check_{mutex,shared_sx,exclusive_sx} and take an appropriate lock as the sole argument. - The code to remove a lock instance from a lock list in witness_unlock() was unnested by using a goto to vastly improve the readability of this function.
2004-01-28 20:39:57 +00:00
*lock_list = lle->ll_next;
CTR3(KTR_WITNESS, "%s: pid %d removed lle %p", __func__,
td->td_proc->p_pid, lle);
witness_lock_list_free(lle);
}
}
void
witness_thread_exit(struct thread *td)
{
struct lock_list_entry *lle;
int i, n;
lle = td->td_sleeplocks;
if (lle == NULL || KERNEL_PANICKED())
return;
if (lle->ll_count != 0) {
for (n = 0; lle != NULL; lle = lle->ll_next)
for (i = lle->ll_count - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
if (n == 0)
witness_output(
"Thread %p exiting with the following locks held:\n", td);
n++;
witness_list_lock(&lle->ll_children[i],
witness_output);
}
kassert_panic(
"Thread %p cannot exit while holding sleeplocks\n", td);
}
witness_lock_list_free(lle);
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
* Warn if any locks other than 'lock' are held. Flags can be passed in to
* exempt Giant and sleepable locks from the checks as well. If any
* non-exempt locks are held, then a supplied message is printed to the
* output channel along with a list of the offending locks. If indicated in the
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
* flags then a failure results in a panic as well.
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
*/
int
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
witness_warn(int flags, struct lock_object *lock, const char *fmt, ...)
{
struct lock_list_entry *lock_list, *lle;
struct lock_instance *lock1;
struct thread *td;
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
va_list ap;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
int i, n;
if (witness_cold || witness_watch < 1 || KERNEL_PANICKED())
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
return (0);
n = 0;
td = curthread;
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
for (lle = td->td_sleeplocks; lle != NULL; lle = lle->ll_next)
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
for (i = lle->ll_count - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
lock1 = &lle->ll_children[i];
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
if (lock1->li_lock == lock)
continue;
if (flags & WARN_GIANTOK &&
lock1->li_lock == &Giant.lock_object)
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
continue;
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
if (flags & WARN_SLEEPOK &&
(lock1->li_flags & LI_SLEEPABLE) != 0)
continue;
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
if (n == 0) {
va_start(ap, fmt);
vprintf(fmt, ap);
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
va_end(ap);
printf(" with the following %slocks held:\n",
(flags & WARN_SLEEPOK) != 0 ?
"non-sleepable " : "");
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
n++;
witness_list_lock(lock1, printf);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
}
/*
* Pin the thread in order to avoid problems with thread migration.
* Once that all verifies are passed about spinlocks ownership,
* the thread is in a safe path and it can be unpinned.
*/
sched_pin();
lock_list = PCPU_GET(spinlocks);
if (lock_list != NULL && lock_list->ll_count != 0) {
sched_unpin();
/*
* We should only have one spinlock and as long as
* the flags cannot match for this locks class,
* check if the first spinlock is the one curthread
* should hold.
*/
lock1 = &lock_list->ll_children[lock_list->ll_count - 1];
if (lock_list->ll_count == 1 && lock_list->ll_next == NULL &&
lock1->li_lock == lock && n == 0)
return (0);
va_start(ap, fmt);
vprintf(fmt, ap);
va_end(ap);
printf(" with the following %slocks held:\n",
(flags & WARN_SLEEPOK) != 0 ? "non-sleepable " : "");
n += witness_list_locks(&lock_list, printf);
} else
sched_unpin();
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
if (flags & WARN_PANIC && n)
kassert_panic("%s", __func__);
else
witness_debugger(n, __func__);
return (n);
}
const char *
witness_file(struct lock_object *lock)
{
struct witness *w;
if (witness_cold || witness_watch < 1 || lock->lo_witness == NULL)
return ("?");
w = lock->lo_witness;
return (w->w_file);
}
int
witness_line(struct lock_object *lock)
{
struct witness *w;
if (witness_cold || witness_watch < 1 || lock->lo_witness == NULL)
return (0);
w = lock->lo_witness;
return (w->w_line);
}
static struct witness *
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
enroll(const char *description, struct lock_class *lock_class)
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness *w;
MPASS(description != NULL);
if (witness_watch == -1 || KERNEL_PANICKED())
return (NULL);
if ((lock_class->lc_flags & LC_SPINLOCK)) {
if (witness_skipspin)
return (NULL);
} else if ((lock_class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK) == 0) {
kassert_panic("lock class %s is not sleep or spin",
lock_class->lc_name);
return (NULL);
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
w = witness_hash_get(description);
if (w)
goto found;
if ((w = witness_get()) == NULL)
return (NULL);
MPASS(strlen(description) < MAX_W_NAME);
strcpy(w->w_name, description);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
w->w_class = lock_class;
w->w_refcount = 1;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&w_all, w, w_list);
if (lock_class->lc_flags & LC_SPINLOCK) {
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&w_spin, w, w_typelist);
w_spin_cnt++;
} else if (lock_class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK) {
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&w_sleep, w, w_typelist);
w_sleep_cnt++;
}
/* Insert new witness into the hash */
witness_hash_put(w);
witness_increment_graph_generation();
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
return (w);
found:
w->w_refcount++;
if (w->w_refcount == 1)
w->w_class = lock_class;
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
if (lock_class != w->w_class)
kassert_panic(
"lock (%s) %s does not match earlier (%s) lock",
description, lock_class->lc_name,
w->w_class->lc_name);
return (w);
}
static void
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
depart(struct witness *w)
{
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
MPASS(w->w_refcount == 0);
if (w->w_class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK) {
w_sleep_cnt--;
} else {
w_spin_cnt--;
}
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
/*
* Set file to NULL as it may point into a loadable module.
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
*/
w->w_file = NULL;
w->w_line = 0;
witness_increment_graph_generation();
}
static void
adopt(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child)
{
int pi, ci, i, j;
if (witness_cold == 0)
mtx_assert(&w_mtx, MA_OWNED);
/* If the relationship is already known, there's no work to be done. */
if (isitmychild(parent, child))
return;
/* When the structure of the graph changes, bump up the generation. */
witness_increment_graph_generation();
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
/*
* The hard part ... create the direct relationship, then propagate all
* indirect relationships.
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
*/
pi = parent->w_index;
ci = child->w_index;
WITNESS_INDEX_ASSERT(pi);
WITNESS_INDEX_ASSERT(ci);
MPASS(pi != ci);
w_rmatrix[pi][ci] |= WITNESS_PARENT;
w_rmatrix[ci][pi] |= WITNESS_CHILD;
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
/*
* If parent was not already an ancestor of child,
* then we increment the descendant and ancestor counters.
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
*/
if ((w_rmatrix[pi][ci] & WITNESS_ANCESTOR) == 0) {
parent->w_num_descendants++;
child->w_num_ancestors++;
}
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
/*
* Find each ancestor of 'pi'. Note that 'pi' itself is counted as
* an ancestor of 'pi' during this loop.
*/
for (i = 1; i <= w_max_used_index; i++) {
if ((w_rmatrix[i][pi] & WITNESS_ANCESTOR_MASK) == 0 &&
(i != pi))
continue;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/* Find each descendant of 'i' and mark it as a descendant. */
for (j = 1; j <= w_max_used_index; j++) {
/*
* Skip children that are already marked as
* descendants of 'i'.
*/
if (w_rmatrix[i][j] & WITNESS_ANCESTOR_MASK)
continue;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* We are only interested in descendants of 'ci'. Note
* that 'ci' itself is counted as a descendant of 'ci'.
*/
if ((w_rmatrix[ci][j] & WITNESS_ANCESTOR_MASK) == 0 &&
(j != ci))
continue;
w_rmatrix[i][j] |= WITNESS_ANCESTOR;
w_rmatrix[j][i] |= WITNESS_DESCENDANT;
w_data[i].w_num_descendants++;
w_data[j].w_num_ancestors++;
/*
* Make sure we aren't marking a node as both an
* ancestor and descendant. We should have caught
* this as a lock order reversal earlier.
*/
if ((w_rmatrix[i][j] & WITNESS_ANCESTOR_MASK) &&
(w_rmatrix[i][j] & WITNESS_DESCENDANT_MASK)) {
printf("witness rmatrix paradox! [%d][%d]=%d "
"both ancestor and descendant\n",
i, j, w_rmatrix[i][j]);
kdb_backtrace();
printf("Witness disabled.\n");
witness_watch = -1;
}
if ((w_rmatrix[j][i] & WITNESS_ANCESTOR_MASK) &&
(w_rmatrix[j][i] & WITNESS_DESCENDANT_MASK)) {
printf("witness rmatrix paradox! [%d][%d]=%d "
"both ancestor and descendant\n",
j, i, w_rmatrix[j][i]);
kdb_backtrace();
printf("Witness disabled.\n");
witness_watch = -1;
}
}
}
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
}
static void
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
itismychild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child)
{
int unlocked;
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
MPASS(child != NULL && parent != NULL);
if (witness_cold == 0)
mtx_assert(&w_mtx, MA_OWNED);
- Split the itismychild() function into two functions: insertchild() adds a witness to the child list of a parent witness. rebalancetree() runs through the entire tree removing direct descendants of witnesses who already have said child witness as an indirect descendant through another direct descendant. itismychild() now calls insertchild() followed by rebalancetree() and no longer needs the evil hack of having static recursed variable. - Add a function reparentchildren() that adds all the direct descendants of one witness as direct descendants of another witness. - Change the return value of itismychild() and similar functions so that they return 0 in the case of failure due to lack of resources instead of 1. This makes the return value more intuitive. - Check the return value of itismychild() when defining the static lock order in witness_initialize(). - Don't try to setup a lock instance in witness_lock() if itismychild() fails. Witness is hosed anyways so no need to do any more witness related activity at that point. It also makes the code flow easier to understand. - Add a new depart() function as the opposite of enroll(). When the reference count of a witness drops to 0 in witness_destroy(), this function is called on that witness. First, it runs through the lock order tree using reparentchildren() to reparent direct descendants of the departing witness to each of the witness' parents in the tree. Next, it releases it's own child list and other associated resources. Finally it calls rebalanacetree() to rebalance the lock order tree. - Sort function prototypes into something closer to alphabetical order. As a result of these changes, there should no longer be 'dead' witnesses in the order tree, and repeatedly loading and unloading a module should no longer exhaust witness of its internal resources. Inspired by: gallatin
2003-03-11 22:07:35 +00:00
if (!witness_lock_type_equal(parent, child)) {
if (witness_cold == 0) {
unlocked = 1;
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
} else {
unlocked = 0;
}
kassert_panic(
"%s: parent \"%s\" (%s) and child \"%s\" (%s) are not "
"the same lock type", __func__, parent->w_name,
parent->w_class->lc_name, child->w_name,
child->w_class->lc_name);
if (unlocked)
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
}
adopt(parent, child);
}
/*
* Generic code for the isitmy*() functions. The rmask parameter is the
* expected relationship of w1 to w2.
*/
static int
_isitmyx(struct witness *w1, struct witness *w2, int rmask, const char *fname)
{
unsigned char r1, r2;
int i1, i2;
i1 = w1->w_index;
i2 = w2->w_index;
WITNESS_INDEX_ASSERT(i1);
WITNESS_INDEX_ASSERT(i2);
r1 = w_rmatrix[i1][i2] & WITNESS_RELATED_MASK;
r2 = w_rmatrix[i2][i1] & WITNESS_RELATED_MASK;
/* The flags on one better be the inverse of the flags on the other */
if (!((WITNESS_ATOD(r1) == r2 && WITNESS_DTOA(r2) == r1) ||
(WITNESS_DTOA(r1) == r2 && WITNESS_ATOD(r2) == r1))) {
/* Don't squawk if we're potentially racing with an update. */
if (!mtx_owned(&w_mtx))
return (0);
printf("%s: rmatrix mismatch between %s (index %d) and %s "
"(index %d): w_rmatrix[%d][%d] == %hhx but "
"w_rmatrix[%d][%d] == %hhx\n",
fname, w1->w_name, i1, w2->w_name, i2, i1, i2, r1,
i2, i1, r2);
kdb_backtrace();
printf("Witness disabled.\n");
witness_watch = -1;
}
return (r1 & rmask);
}
/*
* Checks if @child is a direct child of @parent.
*/
static int
isitmychild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child)
{
return (_isitmyx(parent, child, WITNESS_PARENT, __func__));
}
/*
* Checks if @descendant is a direct or inderect descendant of @ancestor.
*/
static int
isitmydescendant(struct witness *ancestor, struct witness *descendant)
{
return (_isitmyx(ancestor, descendant, WITNESS_ANCESTOR_MASK,
__func__));
}
static int
blessed(struct witness *w1, struct witness *w2)
{
int i;
struct witness_blessed *b;
for (i = 0; i < nitems(blessed_list); i++) {
b = &blessed_list[i];
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (strcmp(w1->w_name, b->b_lock1) == 0) {
if (strcmp(w2->w_name, b->b_lock2) == 0)
return (1);
continue;
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (strcmp(w1->w_name, b->b_lock2) == 0)
if (strcmp(w2->w_name, b->b_lock1) == 0)
return (1);
}
return (0);
}
static struct witness *
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
witness_get(void)
{
struct witness *w;
int index;
if (witness_cold == 0)
mtx_assert(&w_mtx, MA_OWNED);
if (witness_watch == -1) {
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
return (NULL);
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (STAILQ_EMPTY(&w_free)) {
witness_watch = -1;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
printf("WITNESS: unable to allocate a new witness object\n");
return (NULL);
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
w = STAILQ_FIRST(&w_free);
STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(&w_free, w_list);
w_free_cnt--;
index = w->w_index;
MPASS(index > 0 && index == w_max_used_index+1 &&
index < witness_count);
bzero(w, sizeof(*w));
w->w_index = index;
if (index > w_max_used_index)
w_max_used_index = index;
return (w);
}
static void
witness_free(struct witness *w)
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&w_free, w, w_list);
w_free_cnt++;
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static struct lock_list_entry *
witness_lock_list_get(void)
{
struct lock_list_entry *lle;
if (witness_watch == -1)
return (NULL);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
lle = w_lock_list_free;
if (lle == NULL) {
witness_watch = -1;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
printf("%s: witness exhausted\n", __func__);
return (NULL);
}
w_lock_list_free = lle->ll_next;
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
bzero(lle, sizeof(*lle));
return (lle);
}
static void
witness_lock_list_free(struct lock_list_entry *lle)
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
lle->ll_next = w_lock_list_free;
w_lock_list_free = lle;
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
}
static struct lock_instance *
find_instance(struct lock_list_entry *list, const struct lock_object *lock)
{
struct lock_list_entry *lle;
struct lock_instance *instance;
int i;
for (lle = list; lle != NULL; lle = lle->ll_next)
for (i = lle->ll_count - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
instance = &lle->ll_children[i];
if (instance->li_lock == lock)
return (instance);
}
return (NULL);
}
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
static void
witness_list_lock(struct lock_instance *instance,
int (*prnt)(const char *fmt, ...))
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
{
struct lock_object *lock;
lock = instance->li_lock;
prnt("%s %s %s", (instance->li_flags & LI_EXCLUSIVE) != 0 ?
"exclusive" : "shared", LOCK_CLASS(lock)->lc_name, lock->lo_name);
if (lock->lo_witness->w_name != lock->lo_name)
prnt(" (%s)", lock->lo_witness->w_name);
prnt(" r = %d (%p) locked @ %s:%d\n",
instance->li_flags & LI_RECURSEMASK, lock,
fixup_filename(instance->li_file), instance->li_line);
A small overhaul of witness: - Add a comment about special lock order rules and Giant near the top of subr_witness.c. Specifically, this documents and explains the real lock order relationship between Giant and sleepable locks (i.e. lockmgr locks and sx locks). Basically, Giant can be safely acquired either before or after sleepable locks and the case of Giant before a sleepable lock is exempted as a special case. - Add a new static function 'witness_list_lock()' that displays a single line of information about a struct lock_instance. This is used to make the output of witness messages more consistent and reduce some code duplication. - Fixup a few comments in witness_lock(). - Properly handle the Giant-before-sleepable-lock lock order exception in a more general fashion and remove the no longer needed LI_SLEPT flag. - Break up the last condition before assuming a reversal a bit to try and make the logic less confusing in witness_lock(). - Axe WITNESS_SLEEP() now that LI_SLEPT is no longer needed and replace it with a more general WITNESS_WARN() macro/function combination. WITNESS_WARN() allows you to output a customized message out to the console along with a list of held locks. It will optionally drop into the debugger as well. You can exempt a single lock from the check by passing it in as the second argument. You can also use flags to specify if Giant should be exempt from the check, if all sleepable locks should be exempt from the check, and if witness should panic if any non-exempt locks are found. - Make the witness_list() function static. Other areas of the kernel should use the new WITNESS_WARN() instead.
2003-03-04 20:56:39 +00:00
}
static int
witness_output(const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list ap;
int ret;
va_start(ap, fmt);
ret = witness_voutput(fmt, ap);
va_end(ap);
return (ret);
}
static int
witness_voutput(const char *fmt, va_list ap)
{
int ret;
ret = 0;
switch (witness_channel) {
case WITNESS_CONSOLE:
ret = vprintf(fmt, ap);
break;
case WITNESS_LOG:
vlog(LOG_NOTICE, fmt, ap);
break;
case WITNESS_NONE:
break;
}
return (ret);
}
#ifdef DDB
static int
witness_thread_has_locks(struct thread *td)
{
if (td->td_sleeplocks == NULL)
return (0);
return (td->td_sleeplocks->ll_count != 0);
}
static int
witness_proc_has_locks(struct proc *p)
{
struct thread *td;
FOREACH_THREAD_IN_PROC(p, td) {
if (witness_thread_has_locks(td))
return (1);
}
return (0);
}
#endif
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
int
witness_list_locks(struct lock_list_entry **lock_list,
int (*prnt)(const char *fmt, ...))
{
struct lock_list_entry *lle;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
int i, nheld;
nheld = 0;
for (lle = *lock_list; lle != NULL; lle = lle->ll_next)
for (i = lle->ll_count - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
witness_list_lock(&lle->ll_children[i], prnt);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
nheld++;
}
return (nheld);
}
/*
* This is a bit risky at best. We call this function when we have timed
* out acquiring a spin lock, and we assume that the other CPU is stuck
* with this lock held. So, we go groveling around in the other CPU's
* per-cpu data to try to find the lock instance for this spin lock to
* see when it was last acquired.
*/
void
witness_display_spinlock(struct lock_object *lock, struct thread *owner,
int (*prnt)(const char *fmt, ...))
{
struct lock_instance *instance;
struct pcpu *pc;
if (owner->td_critnest == 0 || owner->td_oncpu == NOCPU)
return;
pc = pcpu_find(owner->td_oncpu);
instance = find_instance(pc->pc_spinlocks, lock);
if (instance != NULL)
witness_list_lock(instance, prnt);
}
void
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
witness_save(struct lock_object *lock, const char **filep, int *linep)
{
struct lock_list_entry *lock_list;
struct lock_instance *instance;
struct lock_class *class;
panic: add a switch and infrastructure for stopping other CPUs in SMP case Historical behavior of letting other CPUs merily go on is a default for time being. The new behavior can be switched on via kern.stop_scheduler_on_panic tunable and sysctl. Stopping of the CPUs has (at least) the following benefits: - more of the system state at panic time is preserved intact - threads and interrupts do not interfere with dumping of the system state Only one thread runs uninterrupted after panic if stop_scheduler_on_panic is set. That thread might call code that is also used in normal context and that code might use locks to prevent concurrent execution of certain parts. Those locks might be held by the stopped threads and would never be released. To work around this issue, it was decided that instead of explicit checks for panic context, we would rather put those checks inside the locking primitives. This change has substantial portions written and re-written by attilio and kib at various times. Other changes are heavily based on the ideas and patches submitted by jhb and mdf. bde has provided many insights into the details and history of the current code. The new behavior may cause problems for systems that use a USB keyboard for interfacing with system console. This is because of some unusual locking patterns in the ukbd code which have to be used because on one hand ukbd is below syscons, but on the other hand it has to interface with other usb code that uses regular mutexes/Giant for its concurrency protection. Dumping to USB-connected disks may also be affected. PR: amd64/139614 (at least) In cooperation with: attilio, jhb, kib, mdf Discussed with: arch@, bde Tested by: Eugene Grosbein <eugen@grosbein.net>, gnn, Steven Hartland <killing@multiplay.co.uk>, glebius, Andrew Boyer <aboyer@averesystems.com> (various versions of the patch) MFC after: 3 months (or never)
2011-12-11 21:02:01 +00:00
/*
* This function is used independently in locking code to deal with
* Giant, SCHEDULER_STOPPED() check can be removed here after Giant
* is gone.
*/
if (SCHEDULER_STOPPED())
return;
KASSERT(witness_cold == 0, ("%s: witness_cold", __func__));
if (lock->lo_witness == NULL || witness_watch == -1 || KERNEL_PANICKED())
return;
class = LOCK_CLASS(lock);
if (class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK)
lock_list = curthread->td_sleeplocks;
else {
if (witness_skipspin)
return;
lock_list = PCPU_GET(spinlocks);
}
instance = find_instance(lock_list, lock);
if (instance == NULL) {
kassert_panic("%s: lock (%s) %s not locked", __func__,
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name);
return;
}
*filep = instance->li_file;
*linep = instance->li_line;
}
void
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
witness_restore(struct lock_object *lock, const char *file, int line)
{
struct lock_list_entry *lock_list;
struct lock_instance *instance;
struct lock_class *class;
panic: add a switch and infrastructure for stopping other CPUs in SMP case Historical behavior of letting other CPUs merily go on is a default for time being. The new behavior can be switched on via kern.stop_scheduler_on_panic tunable and sysctl. Stopping of the CPUs has (at least) the following benefits: - more of the system state at panic time is preserved intact - threads and interrupts do not interfere with dumping of the system state Only one thread runs uninterrupted after panic if stop_scheduler_on_panic is set. That thread might call code that is also used in normal context and that code might use locks to prevent concurrent execution of certain parts. Those locks might be held by the stopped threads and would never be released. To work around this issue, it was decided that instead of explicit checks for panic context, we would rather put those checks inside the locking primitives. This change has substantial portions written and re-written by attilio and kib at various times. Other changes are heavily based on the ideas and patches submitted by jhb and mdf. bde has provided many insights into the details and history of the current code. The new behavior may cause problems for systems that use a USB keyboard for interfacing with system console. This is because of some unusual locking patterns in the ukbd code which have to be used because on one hand ukbd is below syscons, but on the other hand it has to interface with other usb code that uses regular mutexes/Giant for its concurrency protection. Dumping to USB-connected disks may also be affected. PR: amd64/139614 (at least) In cooperation with: attilio, jhb, kib, mdf Discussed with: arch@, bde Tested by: Eugene Grosbein <eugen@grosbein.net>, gnn, Steven Hartland <killing@multiplay.co.uk>, glebius, Andrew Boyer <aboyer@averesystems.com> (various versions of the patch) MFC after: 3 months (or never)
2011-12-11 21:02:01 +00:00
/*
* This function is used independently in locking code to deal with
* Giant, SCHEDULER_STOPPED() check can be removed here after Giant
* is gone.
*/
if (SCHEDULER_STOPPED())
return;
KASSERT(witness_cold == 0, ("%s: witness_cold", __func__));
if (lock->lo_witness == NULL || witness_watch == -1 || KERNEL_PANICKED())
return;
class = LOCK_CLASS(lock);
if (class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK)
lock_list = curthread->td_sleeplocks;
else {
if (witness_skipspin)
return;
lock_list = PCPU_GET(spinlocks);
}
instance = find_instance(lock_list, lock);
if (instance == NULL)
kassert_panic("%s: lock (%s) %s not locked", __func__,
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
lock->lo_witness->w_file = file;
lock->lo_witness->w_line = line;
if (instance == NULL)
return;
instance->li_file = file;
instance->li_line = line;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
}
void
witness_assert(const struct lock_object *lock, int flags, const char *file,
int line)
{
#ifdef INVARIANT_SUPPORT
struct lock_instance *instance;
struct lock_class *class;
if (lock->lo_witness == NULL || witness_watch < 1 || KERNEL_PANICKED())
return;
class = LOCK_CLASS(lock);
if ((class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK) != 0)
instance = find_instance(curthread->td_sleeplocks, lock);
else if ((class->lc_flags & LC_SPINLOCK) != 0)
instance = find_instance(PCPU_GET(spinlocks), lock);
else {
kassert_panic("Lock (%s) %s is not sleep or spin!",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name);
return;
}
switch (flags) {
case LA_UNLOCKED:
if (instance != NULL)
kassert_panic("Lock (%s) %s locked @ %s:%d.",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
break;
case LA_LOCKED:
case LA_LOCKED | LA_RECURSED:
case LA_LOCKED | LA_NOTRECURSED:
case LA_SLOCKED:
case LA_SLOCKED | LA_RECURSED:
case LA_SLOCKED | LA_NOTRECURSED:
case LA_XLOCKED:
case LA_XLOCKED | LA_RECURSED:
case LA_XLOCKED | LA_NOTRECURSED:
if (instance == NULL) {
kassert_panic("Lock (%s) %s not locked @ %s:%d.",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
break;
}
if ((flags & LA_XLOCKED) != 0 &&
(instance->li_flags & LI_EXCLUSIVE) == 0)
kassert_panic(
"Lock (%s) %s not exclusively locked @ %s:%d.",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
if ((flags & LA_SLOCKED) != 0 &&
(instance->li_flags & LI_EXCLUSIVE) != 0)
kassert_panic(
"Lock (%s) %s exclusively locked @ %s:%d.",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
if ((flags & LA_RECURSED) != 0 &&
(instance->li_flags & LI_RECURSEMASK) == 0)
kassert_panic("Lock (%s) %s not recursed @ %s:%d.",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
if ((flags & LA_NOTRECURSED) != 0 &&
(instance->li_flags & LI_RECURSEMASK) != 0)
kassert_panic("Lock (%s) %s recursed @ %s:%d.",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name,
fixup_filename(file), line);
break;
default:
kassert_panic("Invalid lock assertion at %s:%d.",
fixup_filename(file), line);
}
#endif /* INVARIANT_SUPPORT */
}
static void
witness_setflag(struct lock_object *lock, int flag, int set)
{
struct lock_list_entry *lock_list;
struct lock_instance *instance;
struct lock_class *class;
if (lock->lo_witness == NULL || witness_watch == -1 || KERNEL_PANICKED())
return;
class = LOCK_CLASS(lock);
if (class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK)
lock_list = curthread->td_sleeplocks;
else {
if (witness_skipspin)
return;
lock_list = PCPU_GET(spinlocks);
}
instance = find_instance(lock_list, lock);
if (instance == NULL) {
kassert_panic("%s: lock (%s) %s not locked", __func__,
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name);
return;
}
if (set)
instance->li_flags |= flag;
else
instance->li_flags &= ~flag;
}
void
witness_norelease(struct lock_object *lock)
{
witness_setflag(lock, LI_NORELEASE, 1);
}
void
witness_releaseok(struct lock_object *lock)
{
witness_setflag(lock, LI_NORELEASE, 0);
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
#ifdef DDB
static void
witness_ddb_list(struct thread *td)
{
KASSERT(witness_cold == 0, ("%s: witness_cold", __func__));
KASSERT(kdb_active, ("%s: not in the debugger", __func__));
if (witness_watch < 1)
return;
witness_list_locks(&td->td_sleeplocks, db_printf);
/*
* We only handle spinlocks if td == curthread. This is somewhat broken
* if td is currently executing on some other CPU and holds spin locks
* as we won't display those locks. If we had a MI way of getting
* the per-cpu data for a given cpu then we could use
* td->td_oncpu to get the list of spinlocks for this thread
* and "fix" this.
*
* That still wouldn't really fix this unless we locked the scheduler
* lock or stopped the other CPU to make sure it wasn't changing the
* list out from under us. It is probably best to just not try to
* handle threads on other CPU's for now.
*/
if (td == curthread && PCPU_GET(spinlocks) != NULL)
witness_list_locks(PCPU_PTR(spinlocks), db_printf);
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
DB_SHOW_COMMAND(locks, db_witness_list)
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{
struct thread *td;
if (have_addr)
td = db_lookup_thread(addr, true);
else
td = kdb_thread;
witness_ddb_list(td);
}
DB_SHOW_ALL_COMMAND(locks, db_witness_list_all)
{
struct thread *td;
struct proc *p;
/*
* It would be nice to list only threads and processes that actually
* held sleep locks, but that information is currently not exported
* by WITNESS.
*/
FOREACH_PROC_IN_SYSTEM(p) {
if (!witness_proc_has_locks(p))
continue;
FOREACH_THREAD_IN_PROC(p, td) {
if (!witness_thread_has_locks(td))
continue;
db_printf("Process %d (%s) thread %p (%d)\n", p->p_pid,
p->p_comm, td, td->td_tid);
witness_ddb_list(td);
if (db_pager_quit)
return;
}
}
}
DB_SHOW_ALIAS(alllocks, db_witness_list_all)
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
DB_SHOW_COMMAND(witness, db_witness_display)
{
witness_ddb_display(db_printf);
}
#endif
static void
sbuf_print_witness_badstacks(struct sbuf *sb, size_t *oldidx)
{
struct witness_lock_order_data *data1, *data2, *tmp_data1, *tmp_data2;
struct witness *tmp_w1, *tmp_w2, *w1, *w2;
int generation, i, j;
tmp_data1 = NULL;
tmp_data2 = NULL;
tmp_w1 = NULL;
tmp_w2 = NULL;
/* Allocate and init temporary storage space. */
tmp_w1 = malloc(sizeof(struct witness), M_TEMP, M_WAITOK | M_ZERO);
tmp_w2 = malloc(sizeof(struct witness), M_TEMP, M_WAITOK | M_ZERO);
tmp_data1 = malloc(sizeof(struct witness_lock_order_data), M_TEMP,
M_WAITOK | M_ZERO);
tmp_data2 = malloc(sizeof(struct witness_lock_order_data), M_TEMP,
M_WAITOK | M_ZERO);
stack_zero(&tmp_data1->wlod_stack);
stack_zero(&tmp_data2->wlod_stack);
restart:
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
generation = w_generation;
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
sbuf_printf(sb, "Number of known direct relationships is %d\n",
w_lohash.wloh_count);
for (i = 1; i < w_max_used_index; i++) {
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
if (generation != w_generation) {
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
/* The graph has changed, try again. */
*oldidx = 0;
sbuf_clear(sb);
goto restart;
}
w1 = &w_data[i];
if (w1->w_reversed == 0) {
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
continue;
}
/* Copy w1 locally so we can release the spin lock. */
*tmp_w1 = *w1;
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
if (tmp_w1->w_reversed == 0)
continue;
for (j = 1; j < w_max_used_index; j++) {
if ((w_rmatrix[i][j] & WITNESS_REVERSAL) == 0 || i > j)
continue;
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
if (generation != w_generation) {
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
/* The graph has changed, try again. */
*oldidx = 0;
sbuf_clear(sb);
goto restart;
}
w2 = &w_data[j];
data1 = witness_lock_order_get(w1, w2);
data2 = witness_lock_order_get(w2, w1);
/*
* Copy information locally so we can release the
* spin lock.
*/
*tmp_w2 = *w2;
if (data1) {
stack_zero(&tmp_data1->wlod_stack);
stack_copy(&data1->wlod_stack,
&tmp_data1->wlod_stack);
}
if (data2 && data2 != data1) {
stack_zero(&tmp_data2->wlod_stack);
stack_copy(&data2->wlod_stack,
&tmp_data2->wlod_stack);
}
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
if (blessed(tmp_w1, tmp_w2))
continue;
sbuf_printf(sb,
"\nLock order reversal between \"%s\"(%s) and \"%s\"(%s)!\n",
tmp_w1->w_name, tmp_w1->w_class->lc_name,
tmp_w2->w_name, tmp_w2->w_class->lc_name);
if (data1) {
sbuf_printf(sb,
"Lock order \"%s\"(%s) -> \"%s\"(%s) first seen at:\n",
tmp_w1->w_name, tmp_w1->w_class->lc_name,
tmp_w2->w_name, tmp_w2->w_class->lc_name);
stack_sbuf_print(sb, &tmp_data1->wlod_stack);
sbuf_printf(sb, "\n");
}
if (data2 && data2 != data1) {
sbuf_printf(sb,
"Lock order \"%s\"(%s) -> \"%s\"(%s) first seen at:\n",
tmp_w2->w_name, tmp_w2->w_class->lc_name,
tmp_w1->w_name, tmp_w1->w_class->lc_name);
stack_sbuf_print(sb, &tmp_data2->wlod_stack);
sbuf_printf(sb, "\n");
}
}
}
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
if (generation != w_generation) {
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
/*
* The graph changed while we were printing stack data,
* try again.
*/
*oldidx = 0;
sbuf_clear(sb);
goto restart;
}
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
/* Free temporary storage space. */
free(tmp_data1, M_TEMP);
free(tmp_data2, M_TEMP);
free(tmp_w1, M_TEMP);
free(tmp_w2, M_TEMP);
}
static int
sysctl_debug_witness_badstacks(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS)
{
struct sbuf *sb;
int error;
if (witness_watch < 1) {
error = SYSCTL_OUT(req, w_notrunning, sizeof(w_notrunning));
return (error);
}
if (witness_cold) {
error = SYSCTL_OUT(req, w_stillcold, sizeof(w_stillcold));
return (error);
}
error = 0;
sb = sbuf_new(NULL, NULL, badstack_sbuf_size, SBUF_AUTOEXTEND);
if (sb == NULL)
return (ENOMEM);
sbuf_print_witness_badstacks(sb, &req->oldidx);
sbuf_finish(sb);
error = SYSCTL_OUT(req, sbuf_data(sb), sbuf_len(sb) + 1);
sbuf_delete(sb);
return (error);
}
#ifdef DDB
static int
sbuf_db_printf_drain(void *arg __unused, const char *data, int len)
{
return (db_printf("%.*s", len, data));
}
DB_SHOW_COMMAND(badstacks, db_witness_badstacks)
{
struct sbuf sb;
char buffer[128];
size_t dummy;
sbuf_new(&sb, buffer, sizeof(buffer), SBUF_FIXEDLEN);
sbuf_set_drain(&sb, sbuf_db_printf_drain, NULL);
sbuf_print_witness_badstacks(&sb, &dummy);
sbuf_finish(&sb);
}
#endif
static int
sysctl_debug_witness_channel(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS)
{
static const struct {
enum witness_channel channel;
const char *name;
} channels[] = {
{ WITNESS_CONSOLE, "console" },
{ WITNESS_LOG, "log" },
{ WITNESS_NONE, "none" },
};
char buf[16];
u_int i;
int error;
buf[0] = '\0';
for (i = 0; i < nitems(channels); i++)
if (witness_channel == channels[i].channel) {
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s", channels[i].name);
break;
}
error = sysctl_handle_string(oidp, buf, sizeof(buf), req);
if (error != 0 || req->newptr == NULL)
return (error);
error = EINVAL;
for (i = 0; i < nitems(channels); i++)
if (strcmp(channels[i].name, buf) == 0) {
witness_channel = channels[i].channel;
error = 0;
break;
}
return (error);
}
static int
sysctl_debug_witness_fullgraph(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS)
{
struct witness *w;
struct sbuf *sb;
int error;
i386 4/4G split. The change makes the user and kernel address spaces on i386 independent, giving each almost the full 4G of usable virtual addresses except for one PDE at top used for trampoline and per-CPU trampoline stacks, and system structures that must be always mapped, namely IDT, GDT, common TSS and LDT, and process-private TSS and LDT if allocated. By using 1:1 mapping for the kernel text and data, it appeared possible to eliminate assembler part of the locore.S which bootstraps initial page table and KPTmap. The code is rewritten in C and moved into the pmap_cold(). The comment in vmparam.h explains the KVA layout. There is no PCID mechanism available in protected mode, so each kernel/user switch forth and back completely flushes the TLB, except for the trampoline PTD region. The TLB invalidations for userspace becomes trivial, because IPI handlers switch page tables. On the other hand, context switches no longer need to reload %cr3. copyout(9) was rewritten to use vm_fault_quick_hold(). An issue for new copyout(9) is compatibility with wiring user buffers around sysctl handlers. This explains two kind of locks for copyout ptes and accounting of the vslock() calls. The vm_fault_quick_hold() AKA slow path, is only tried after the 'fast path' failed, which temporary changes mapping to the userspace and copies the data to/from small per-cpu buffer in the trampoline. If a page fault occurs during the copy, it is short-circuit by exception.s to not even reach C code. The change was motivated by the need to implement the Meltdown mitigation, but instead of KPTI the full split is done. The i386 architecture already shows the sizing problems, in particular, it is impossible to link clang and lld with debugging. I expect that the issues due to the virtual address space limits would only exaggerate and the split gives more liveness to the platform. Tested by: pho Discussed with: bde Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation MFC after: 1 month Differential revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D14633
2018-04-13 20:30:49 +00:00
#ifdef __i386__
error = SYSCTL_OUT(req, w_notallowed, sizeof(w_notallowed));
return (error);
#endif
if (witness_watch < 1) {
error = SYSCTL_OUT(req, w_notrunning, sizeof(w_notrunning));
return (error);
}
if (witness_cold) {
error = SYSCTL_OUT(req, w_stillcold, sizeof(w_stillcold));
return (error);
}
error = 0;
error = sysctl_wire_old_buffer(req, 0);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
sb = sbuf_new_for_sysctl(NULL, NULL, FULLGRAPH_SBUF_SIZE, req);
if (sb == NULL)
return (ENOMEM);
sbuf_printf(sb, "\n");
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
STAILQ_FOREACH(w, &w_all, w_list)
w->w_displayed = 0;
STAILQ_FOREACH(w, &w_all, w_list)
witness_add_fullgraph(sb, w);
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
/*
* Close the sbuf and return to userland.
*/
error = sbuf_finish(sb);
sbuf_delete(sb);
return (error);
}
static int
sysctl_debug_witness_watch(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS)
{
int error, value;
value = witness_watch;
error = sysctl_handle_int(oidp, &value, 0, req);
if (error != 0 || req->newptr == NULL)
return (error);
if (value > 1 || value < -1 ||
(witness_watch == -1 && value != witness_watch))
return (EINVAL);
witness_watch = value;
return (0);
}
static void
witness_add_fullgraph(struct sbuf *sb, struct witness *w)
{
int i;
if (w->w_displayed != 0 || (w->w_file == NULL && w->w_line == 0))
return;
w->w_displayed = 1;
WITNESS_INDEX_ASSERT(w->w_index);
for (i = 1; i <= w_max_used_index; i++) {
if (w_rmatrix[w->w_index][i] & WITNESS_PARENT) {
sbuf_printf(sb, "\"%s\",\"%s\"\n", w->w_name,
w_data[i].w_name);
witness_add_fullgraph(sb, &w_data[i]);
}
}
}
/*
* A simple hash function. Takes a key pointer and a key size. If size == 0,
* interprets the key as a string and reads until the null
* terminator. Otherwise, reads the first size bytes. Returns an unsigned 32-bit
* hash value computed from the key.
*/
static uint32_t
witness_hash_djb2(const uint8_t *key, uint32_t size)
{
unsigned int hash = 5381;
int i;
/* hash = hash * 33 + key[i] */
if (size)
for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
hash = ((hash << 5) + hash) + (unsigned int)key[i];
else
for (i = 0; key[i] != 0; i++)
hash = ((hash << 5) + hash) + (unsigned int)key[i];
return (hash);
}
/*
* Initializes the two witness hash tables. Called exactly once from
* witness_initialize().
*/
static void
witness_init_hash_tables(void)
{
int i;
MPASS(witness_cold);
/* Initialize the hash tables. */
for (i = 0; i < WITNESS_HASH_SIZE; i++)
w_hash.wh_array[i] = NULL;
w_hash.wh_size = WITNESS_HASH_SIZE;
w_hash.wh_count = 0;
/* Initialize the lock order data hash. */
w_lofree = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < WITNESS_LO_DATA_COUNT; i++) {
memset(&w_lodata[i], 0, sizeof(w_lodata[i]));
w_lodata[i].wlod_next = w_lofree;
w_lofree = &w_lodata[i];
}
w_lohash.wloh_size = WITNESS_LO_HASH_SIZE;
w_lohash.wloh_count = 0;
for (i = 0; i < WITNESS_LO_HASH_SIZE; i++)
w_lohash.wloh_array[i] = NULL;
}
static struct witness *
witness_hash_get(const char *key)
{
struct witness *w;
uint32_t hash;
MPASS(key != NULL);
if (witness_cold == 0)
mtx_assert(&w_mtx, MA_OWNED);
hash = witness_hash_djb2(key, 0) % w_hash.wh_size;
w = w_hash.wh_array[hash];
while (w != NULL) {
if (strcmp(w->w_name, key) == 0)
goto out;
w = w->w_hash_next;
}
out:
return (w);
}
static void
witness_hash_put(struct witness *w)
{
uint32_t hash;
MPASS(w != NULL);
MPASS(w->w_name != NULL);
if (witness_cold == 0)
mtx_assert(&w_mtx, MA_OWNED);
KASSERT(witness_hash_get(w->w_name) == NULL,
("%s: trying to add a hash entry that already exists!", __func__));
KASSERT(w->w_hash_next == NULL,
("%s: w->w_hash_next != NULL", __func__));
hash = witness_hash_djb2(w->w_name, 0) % w_hash.wh_size;
w->w_hash_next = w_hash.wh_array[hash];
w_hash.wh_array[hash] = w;
w_hash.wh_count++;
}
static struct witness_lock_order_data *
witness_lock_order_get(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child)
{
struct witness_lock_order_data *data = NULL;
struct witness_lock_order_key key;
unsigned int hash;
MPASS(parent != NULL && child != NULL);
key.from = parent->w_index;
key.to = child->w_index;
WITNESS_INDEX_ASSERT(key.from);
WITNESS_INDEX_ASSERT(key.to);
if ((w_rmatrix[parent->w_index][child->w_index]
& WITNESS_LOCK_ORDER_KNOWN) == 0)
goto out;
hash = witness_hash_djb2((const char*)&key,
sizeof(key)) % w_lohash.wloh_size;
data = w_lohash.wloh_array[hash];
while (data != NULL) {
if (witness_lock_order_key_equal(&data->wlod_key, &key))
break;
data = data->wlod_next;
}
out:
return (data);
}
/*
* Verify that parent and child have a known relationship, are not the same,
* and child is actually a child of parent. This is done without w_mtx
* to avoid contention in the common case.
*/
static int
witness_lock_order_check(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child)
{
if (parent != child &&
w_rmatrix[parent->w_index][child->w_index]
& WITNESS_LOCK_ORDER_KNOWN &&
isitmychild(parent, child))
return (1);
return (0);
}
static int
witness_lock_order_add(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child)
{
struct witness_lock_order_data *data = NULL;
struct witness_lock_order_key key;
unsigned int hash;
MPASS(parent != NULL && child != NULL);
key.from = parent->w_index;
key.to = child->w_index;
WITNESS_INDEX_ASSERT(key.from);
WITNESS_INDEX_ASSERT(key.to);
if (w_rmatrix[parent->w_index][child->w_index]
& WITNESS_LOCK_ORDER_KNOWN)
return (1);
hash = witness_hash_djb2((const char*)&key,
sizeof(key)) % w_lohash.wloh_size;
w_rmatrix[parent->w_index][child->w_index] |= WITNESS_LOCK_ORDER_KNOWN;
data = w_lofree;
if (data == NULL)
return (0);
w_lofree = data->wlod_next;
data->wlod_next = w_lohash.wloh_array[hash];
data->wlod_key = key;
w_lohash.wloh_array[hash] = data;
w_lohash.wloh_count++;
stack_zero(&data->wlod_stack);
stack_save(&data->wlod_stack);
return (1);
}
/* Call this whenever the structure of the witness graph changes. */
static void
witness_increment_graph_generation(void)
{
if (witness_cold == 0)
mtx_assert(&w_mtx, MA_OWNED);
w_generation++;
}
static int
witness_output_drain(void *arg __unused, const char *data, int len)
{
witness_output("%.*s", len, data);
return (len);
}
static void
witness_debugger(int cond, const char *msg)
{
char buf[32];
struct sbuf sb;
struct stack st;
if (!cond)
return;
if (witness_trace) {
sbuf_new(&sb, buf, sizeof(buf), SBUF_FIXEDLEN);
sbuf_set_drain(&sb, witness_output_drain, NULL);
stack_zero(&st);
stack_save(&st);
witness_output("stack backtrace:\n");
stack_sbuf_print_ddb(&sb, &st);
sbuf_finish(&sb);
}
witness_enter_debugger(msg);
}
static void
witness_enter_debugger(const char *msg)
{
#ifdef KDB
if (witness_kdb)
kdb_enter(KDB_WHY_WITNESS, msg);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
#endif
}